| b8fff407a180286aa683d543d878d98d9fc57b13 |
|
03-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix use-after-free in defragmentation
Upon receiving the last fragment, all but the first fragment
are freed, but the multicast check for statistics at the end
of the function refers to the current skb (the last fragment)
causing a use-after-free bug.
Since multicast frames cannot be fragmented and we check for
this early in the function, just modify that check to also
do the accounting to fix the issue.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Yosef Khyal <yosefx.khyal@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d98ad83ee86e523cc00cbf425f456fbd14b4fdc4 |
|
03-Sep-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add Intel Mobile Communications copyright
Our legal structure changed at some point (see wikipedia), but
we forgot to immediately switch over to the new copyright
notice.
For files that we have modified in the time since the change,
add the proper copyright notice now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 4549cf2b1803d29cfd019f7bfeaa784f8f9c558f |
|
02-Sep-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: fix offloaded BA session traffic after hw restart
When starting an offloaded BA session it is
unknown what starting sequence number should be
used. Using last_seq worked in most cases except
after hw restart.
When hw restart is requested last_seq is
(rightfully so) kept unmodified. This ended up
with BA sessions being restarted with an aribtrary
BA window values resulting in dropped frames until
sequence numbers caught up.
Instead of last_seq pick seqno of a first Rxed
frame of a given BA session.
This fixes stalled traffic after hw restart with
offloaded BA sessions (currently only ath10k).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 970fdfa89babb5a6f1a3d345e8cb54d92c1e3a8f |
|
11-Aug-2014 |
Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: remove @gfp parameter from cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
In the cfg80211_rx_mgmt(), parameter @gfp was used for the memory allocation.
But, memory get allocated under spin_lock_bh(), this implies atomic context.
So, one can't use GFP_KERNEL, only variants with no __GFP_WAIT. Actually, in all
occurrences GFP_ATOMIC is used (wil6210 use GFP_KERNEL by mistake),
and it should be this way or warning triggered in the memory allocation code.
Remove @gfp parameter as no actual choice exist, and use hard coded
GFP_ATOMIC for memory allocation.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 83eb935ec74a91468776cd86415abcb6ee23cca8 |
|
16-Jul-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: fix Rx reordering with RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE
Some drivers (e.g. ath10k) report A-MSDU subframes
individually with identical seqno. The A-MPDU Rx
reorder code did not account for that which made
it practically unusable with drivers using
RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE because it would end up
dropping a lot of frames resulting in confusion in
upper network transport layers.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| db8e173245535e7e91603e3e69bc63722a82ed81 |
|
17-Jul-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: ignore frames between TDLS peers when operating as AP
If the AP receives actions frames destined for other peers, it may
mistakenly toggle BA-sessions from itself to a peer.
Ignore TDLS data packets as well - the AP should not handle them.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 5ac2e35030113ed881ce9ad413d80f13ffe5b5a0 |
|
27-May-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix station/driver powersave race
It is currently possible to have a race due to the station PS
unblock work like this:
* station goes to sleep with frames buffered in the driver
* driver blocks wakeup
* station wakes up again
* driver flushes/returns frames, and unblocks, which schedules
the unblock work
* unblock work starts to run, and checks that the station is
awake (i.e. that the WLAN_STA_PS_STA flag isn't set)
* we process a received frame with PM=1, setting the flag again
* ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup() runs, delivering all frames
to the driver, and then clearing the WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER and
WLAN_STA_PS_STA flags
In this scenario, mac80211 will think that the station is awake,
while it really is asleep, and any TX'ed frames should be filtered
by the device (it will know that the station is sleeping) but then
passed to mac80211 again, which will not buffer it either as it
thinks the station is awake, and eventually the packets will be
dropped.
Fix this by moving the clearing of the flags to exactly where we
learn about the situation. This creates a problem of reordering,
so introduce another flag indicating that delivery is being done,
this new flag also queues frames and is cleared only while the
spinlock is held (which the queuing code also holds) so that any
concurrent delivery/TX is handled correctly.
Reported-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| f4ebddf9abb1fb0add1ce8e9c0bc414f1c17d81d |
|
01-May-2014 |
Henning Rogge <hrogge@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Fix mac80211 station info rx bitrate for IBSS mode
Filter out incoming multicast packages before applying their bitrate
to the rx bitrate station info field to prevent them from setting the
rx bitrate to the basic multicast rate.
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <hrogge@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6b59db7d4c4b0ad039a10b63b48e4a7ff3655902 |
|
20-Apr-2014 |
Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com> |
mac80211: return bool instead of numbers in yes/no function
And some code style changes in the function, and correct a typo in
comment.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| fb378c231daf93c7c806848e8247781322867ece |
|
04-Mar-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: set beamforming bit in radiotap
Add a bit in rx_status.vht_flags to let the low level driver
notify mac80211 about a beamformed packet. Propagate this
to the radiotap header.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| b8ff416bc9c90c696cc3f3553617a99e9c5572cf |
|
27-Feb-2014 |
Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> |
mac80211: add missing update on rx status VHT flag
Add missing update on the rx status vht flag of the last
data packet. Otherwise, cfg80211_calculate_bitrate_vht
may not consider the channel width resulting in wrong
calculation of the received bitrate.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| e3685e03b40f5ec7926d9a75bf63467fc4071df9 |
|
20-Feb-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix station wakeup powersave race
Consider the following (relatively unlikely) scenario:
1) station goes to sleep while frames are buffered in driver
2) driver blocks wakeup (until no more frames are buffered)
3) station wakes up again
4) driver unblocks wakeup
In this case, the current mac80211 code will do the following:
1) WLAN_STA_PS_STA set
2) WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER set
3) - nothing -
4) WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER cleared
As a result, no frames will be delivered to the client, even
though it is awake, until it sends another frame to us that
triggers ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup() in sta_ps_end().
Since we now take the PS spinlock, we can fix this while at
the same time removing the complexity with the pending skb
queue function. This was broken since my commit 50a9432daeec
("mac80211: fix powersaving clients races") due to removing
the clearing of WLAN_STA_PS_STA in the RX path.
While at it, fix a cleanup path issue when a station is
removed while the driver is still blocking its wakeup.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 06d181a8fd58031db9c114d920b40d8820380a6e |
|
04-Feb-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add NAPI support back
NAPI was originally added to mac80211 a long time ago (by John in
commit 4e6cbfd09c66 in July 2010), but then removed years later
(by Stanislaw in commit 30c97120c6c7 in February 2013). No driver
ever used it, so that was fine.
Now I'm adding support for NAPI to our driver, so add some code
to mac80211 again to support NAPI. John was originally wrapping
some (but not nearly all NAPI-related functions), but that doesn't
scale very well with the number of functions that are there, some
of which are even only inlines. Thus, instead of doing that, let
the drivers manage the NAPI struct, except for napi_add() which is
needed so mac80211 knows how to call napi_gro_receive().
Also remove some no longer needed definitions that were left when
NAPI support was removed.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 63c361f5114d81db789f8f5671c76c228c35b021 |
|
04-Feb-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: propagate STBC / LDPC flags to radiotap
This capabilities weren't propagated to the radiotap header.
We don't set here the VHT_KNOWN / MCS_HAVE flag because not
all the low level drivers will know how to properly flag
the frames, hence the low level driver will be in charge
of setting IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FEC,
IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_STBC and / or
IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_STBC according to its
capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1b8d242adbea881658071efc31d2c0dcf8a44fb7 |
|
05-Feb-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: move VHT related RX_FLAG to another variable
ieee80211_rx_status.flags is full. Define a new vht_flag
variable to be able to set more VHT related flags and make
room in flags.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> [ath10k]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 0059b2b142b9938118e1ed1ea630c527119425fe |
|
05-Feb-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove unused radiotap vendor fields in ieee80211_rx_status
The purpose of this housekeeping is to make some room for
VHT flags. The radiotap vendor fields weren't in use.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| b4ba544c8c1349afd44e10aebec03c90e9b71d98 |
|
24-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix bufferable MMPDU RX handling
Action, disassoc and deauth frames are bufferable, and as such don't
have the PM bit in the frame control field reserved which means we
need to react to the bit when receiving in such a frame.
Fix this by introducing a new helper ieee80211_is_bufferable_mmpdu()
and using it for the RX path that currently ignores the PM bit in
any non-data frames for doze->wake transitions, but listens to it in
all frames for wake->doze transitions, both of which are wrong.
Also use the new helper in the TX path to clean up the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d8ca16db6bb23d03fcb794df44bae64ae976f27c |
|
23-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add length check in ieee80211_is_robust_mgmt_frame()
A few places weren't checking that the frame passed to the
function actually has enough data even though the function
clearly documents it must have a payload byte. Make this
safer by changing the function to take an skb and checking
the length inside. The old version is preserved for now as
the rtl* drivers use it and don't have a correct skb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 3c2723f503e8decc420b377a3215089a7980cf08 |
|
07-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up prepare_for_handlers() return value
Using an int with 0/1 is not very common, make the function
return a bool instead with the same values (false/true).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 40791942ec6befaad04073ed97adb8ab04ab43f3 |
|
07-Jan-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify code in ieee80211_prepare_and_rx_handle
No need to assign the return value of prepare_for_handlers
to a variable if the only usage is to test it.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 9e890a1f21c626cec3a8955814d36ea1879bdde6 |
|
04-Dec-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: neaten ieee80211_deliver_skb
Remove the unnecessary duplicate test of "if (skb) {"
when !CONFIG_HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS.
Remove now unnecessary __maybe_unused, neaten comment
Remove unnecessary parenthesis around align cast.
Substitute reference to deprecated compare_ether_addr
with ether_addr_equal (in the comment.)
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
[edit commit log slightly]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| e01362265487f05b69233aab4426ab6166f7b1ec |
|
02-Dec-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move align variable to remove __maybe_unused
There's no reason for the variable to not be inside
the #ifdef, move it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| f63f8421d468575ae7bb62cfcf0398613c746975 |
|
13-Nov-2013 |
Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> |
mac80211: use put_unaligned_le in mesh when necessary
Use put_unaligned_le16 and put_unaligned_le32 for
mesh_path_error_tx and mesh_path_sel_frame_tx.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 2475b1cc0d5283a33144b79f3eba6d401d873962 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com> |
mac80211: add generic cipher scheme support
This adds generic cipher scheme support to mac80211, such schemes
are fully under control by the driver. On hw registration drivers
may specify additional HW ciphers with a scheme how these ciphers
have to be handled by mac80211 TX/RR. A cipher scheme specifies a
cipher suite value, a size of the security header to be added to
or stripped from frames and how the PN is to be verified on RX.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 2e3049b79cb98018abc83383f9b737508240dd54 |
|
24-Oct-2013 |
Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> |
mac80211: do not compute offset from ssn in Rx AMPDU reordering buffer
Currently, frames that go into the reordering buffer are stored at
index ieee80211_sn_sub(sn, tid_rx->ssn) % tid_rx->buf_size.
The offset calculation to the starting sequence number (SSN) is
useless and just adds overhead so simply use sn % tid_rx->buf_size.
This means the reordering buffer will start to be filled somewhere
in the middle (at SSN % buf_size) and continue to get used from
there, but there's no reason to start from the beginning.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 051a41fa4ee14f5c39668f0980973b9a195de560 |
|
20-Nov-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't attempt to reorder multicast frames
Multicast frames can't be transmitted as part of an aggregation
session (such a session couldn't even be set up) so don't try to
reorder them. Trying to do so would cause the reorder to stop
working correctly since multicast QoS frames (as transmitted by
the Aruba APs this was found with) would cause sequence number
confusion in the buffer.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Blaise Gassend <blaise@suitabletech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| b8456a14e9d2770846fcf74de18ff95b676149a3 |
|
18-Oct-2013 |
Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com> |
{nl,cfg,mac}80211: implement mesh channel switch userspace API
Implement the required procedures for mesh channel switching as defined
in the IEEE Std 802.11-2012 section 10.9.8.4.3 and also handle the CSA
and MCSP elements as followed:
* Add the function for updating the beacon and probe response frames
with CSA and MCSP elements during the period of switching to the new
channel. Both CSA and MCSP elements must be included in beacon and
probe response frames until the intended channel switch time.
* The ifmsh->csa_settings is set to NULL and the CSA and MCSP elements
will then be removed from the beacon or probe response frames once the
new channel is switched to.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 0cfcefef1945c6d3f24bce1c22937cfeae07eae8 |
|
23-Sep-2013 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: support reporting A-MSDU subframes individually
Some devices may not be able to report A-MSDUs in
single buffers. Drivers for such devices were
forced to re-assemble A-MSDUs which would then
be eventually disassembled by mac80211. This could
lead to CPU cache thrashing and poor performance.
Since A-MSDU has a single sequence number all
subframes share it. This was in conflict with
retransmission/duplication recovery
(IEEE802.11-2012: 9.3.2.10).
Patch introduces a new flag that is meant to be
set for all individually reported A-MSDU subframes
except the last one. This ensures the
last_seq_ctrl is updated after the last subframe
is processed. If an A-MSDU is actually a duplicate
transmission all reported subframes will be
properly discarded.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[johannes: add braces that were missing even before]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6329b8d917adc077caa60c2447385554130853a3 |
|
17-Sep-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: drop spoofed packets in ad-hoc mode
If an Ad-Hoc node receives packets with the Cell ID or its own MAC
address as source address, it hits a WARN_ON in sta_info_insert_check()
With many packets, this can massively spam the logs. One way that this
can easily happen is through having Cisco APs in the area with rouge AP
detection and countermeasures enabled.
Such Cisco APs will regularly send fake beacons, disassoc and deauth
packets that trigger these warnings.
To fix this issue, drop such spoofed packets early in the rx path.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| cd7760e62c2ac8581f050b2d36501d1a60beaf83 |
|
28-Aug-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add support for CSA in IBSS mode
This function adds the channel switch announcement implementation for the
IBSS code. It is triggered by userspace (mac80211/cfg) or by external
channel switch announcement, which have to be adopted. Both CSAs in
beacons and action frames are supported. As for AP mode, the channel
switch is applied after some time. However in IBSS mode, the channel
switch IEs are generated in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 19504cf5f35fbe85db811fce9f4392a0cbdada2f |
|
15-Aug-2013 |
Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: add flags to cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
Add flags intended to report various auxiliary information
and introduce the NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED flag to report
that the frame was already answered by the device.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[REPLIED->ANSWERED, reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 86c228a7627f3f2776893da47592234140fbfba8 |
|
14-Aug-2013 |
Johan Almbladh <ja@anyfi.net> |
mac80211: perform power save processing before decryption
This patch decouples the power save processing from the frame decryption
by running the decrypt rx handler after sta_process. In the case where
the decryption failed for some reason, the stack used to not process
the PM and MOREDATA bits for that frame. The stack now always performs
power save processing regardless of the decryption result. That means that
encrypted data frames and NULLFUNC frames are now handled in the same way
regarding power save processing, making the stack more robust.
Signed-off-by: Johan Almbladh <ja@anyfi.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 2103dec14792be2c2194a454630b01120d30e5cb |
|
08-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: select and adjust bitrates according to channel mode
The various components accessing the bitrates table must use consider
the used channel bandwidth to select only available rates or calculate
the bitrate correctly.
There are some rates in reduced bandwidth modes which can't be
represented as multiples of 500kbps, like 2.25 MBit/s in 5 MHz mode. The
standard suggests to round up to the next multiple of 500kbps, just do
that in mac80211 as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[make rate unsigned in ieee80211_add_tx_radiotap_header(), squash fix]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
| a5e70697d0c4836e69c60de92db27eac9ae71e05 |
|
08-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add radiotap flag and handling for 5/10 MHz
Wireshark already defines radiotap channel flags for 5 and 10 MHz, so
just use them in Linux radiotap too. Furthermore, add rx status flags to
allow drivers to report when they received data on 5 or 10 MHz channels.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
| a144f378a489b5900c028425cb0d0a7a3fc8c1c1 |
|
03-Jul-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add per-chain signal information to radiotap
When per-chain signal information is available, don't add
the antenna field once but instead add a radiotap namespace
for each chain containing the chain/antenna number and the
signal strength on that chain.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
| 6b0f32745dcfba01d7be33acd1b40306c7a914c6 |
|
11-Jul-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix duplicate retransmission detection
The duplicate retransmission detection code in mac80211
erroneously attempts to do the check for every frame,
even frames that don't have a sequence control field or
that don't use it (QoS-Null frames.)
This is problematic because it causes the code to access
data beyond the end of the SKB and depending on the data
there will drop packets erroneously.
Correct the code to not do duplicate detection for such
frames.
I found this error while testing AP powersave, it lead
to retransmitted PS-Poll frames being dropped entirely
as the data beyond the end of the SKB was always zero.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [all versions]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6ff57cf88807dd81300b5b9c623dc5eb6422b9f6 |
|
16-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: clean up cfg80211 SME APIs
Do some cleanups in the cfg80211 SME APIs, which are
only used by mac80211.
Most of these functions get a frame passed, and there
isn't really any reason to export multiple functions
as cfg80211 can check the frame type instead, do that.
Additionally, the API functions have confusing names
like cfg80211_send_...() which was meant to indicate
that it sends an event to userspace, but gets a bit
confusing when there's both TX and RX and they're not
all clearly labeled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 786677d100600b7f6089bae0d3967c1b901a6141 |
|
24-May-2013 |
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> |
mac80211: add STBC flag for radiotap
Some chips can tell us if received frame was
encoded with STBC or not. To make this information available
in user space we can use updated radiotap specification:
http://www.radiotap.org/defined-fields/MCS
This patch will set number of STBC encoded spatial streams (Nss).
The HAVE_STBC flag should be provided by driver.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 4325f6caad98c075b39f0eaaac6693a0dd43f646 |
|
08-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wireless: move crypto constants to ieee80211.h
mac80211 and the Intel drivers all define crypto
constants, move them to ieee80211.h instead.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| ef0621e805f9ef76eaf31ce6205028fe467e9ca9 |
|
22-Apr-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add support for per-chain signal strength reporting
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[fix unit documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 2b9ccd4e4308272e5aec614b77c5385e7ec2ec90 |
|
13-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix AP-mode frame matching
In AP mode, ignore frames with mis-matched BSSID that aren't
multicast or sent to the correct destination. This fixes
reporting public action frames to userspace multiple times
on multiple virtual AP interfaces.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1b737f88dc1b05cf571e96d42f748aaff6df1eb5 |
|
18-Apr-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix P2P-Device management frame RX
There's an issue in receiving broadcast management frames
on P2P Device virtual interfaces, such frames have the RX
flag IEEE80211_RX_RA_MATCH cleared and are thus dropped
in ieee80211_rx_h_mgmt_check(). They should be let through
to make it to ieee80211_rx_h_userspace_mgmt() and then to
userspace.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1b3a2e494bc793445f576c5476e9767cf7621684 |
|
26-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle extended channel switch announcement
Handle the (public) extended channel switch announcement
action frames. Parts of the data in these frames isn't
really in IEs, but put it into the elems struct anyway
to simplify the handling.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 37799e52a29af2268d1fbe18908a0d6b9f68af88 |
|
26-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: unify CSA action frame/beacon processing
CSA action frame content should be processed as variable IEs
rather than fixed to make it extensible. Unify the code and
process them just like CSA in beacons to make it easier to
extend for HT/VHT.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 9d6d6f4924133567a108a862d9cf949cd03f71cb |
|
08-Apr-2013 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: unset FC retry bit in mesh fwding path
Otherwise forwarded frames would keep the retry bit set
from the previous link transmission.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 07e5a5f5ab7474589c15fc5d88e4f7fc43979530 |
|
07-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix crash with P2P Device returning action frames
If a P2P Device interface receives an unhandled action
frame, we attempt to return it. This crashes because it
doesn't have a channel context. Fix the crash by using
status->band and properly mark the return frame as an
off-channel frame.
Reported-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| a6dad6a26e15f2f9269eea41b756c8cf0971b2bc |
|
04-Mar-2013 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: support userspace MPM
Earlier mac80211 would check whether some kind of mesh
security was enabled, when the real question was "is the
MPM in userspace"?
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 9a886586c82aa02cb49f8c85e961595716884545 |
|
15-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wireless: move sequence number arithmetic to ieee80211.h
Move the sequence number arithmetic code from mac80211 to
ieee80211.h so others can use it. Also rename the functions
from _seq to _sn, they operate on the sequence number, not
the sequence_control field.
Also move macros to convert the sequence control to/from
the sequence number value from various drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 191922cd4bfda551205c3a2dfe5b33287e8326ab |
|
20-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clarify alignment comment
The comment says something about __skb_push(), but that
isn't even called in the code any more. Looking at the
git history, that comment never even made sense when it
was still called, so just replace that part to note it
still works even when align isn't 0 or 2.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| bf7cd94dcc71682cd6af4a9028f95307b7db41c5 |
|
15-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up mesh code
There's various code with strange indentation,
questionable loop and locking constructs, etc.
The bigger change is moving the "sdata" argument
to the first argument of all functions, like all
other mac80211 functions that have one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| af0ed69badc67a0b6e976543f52029fce9ac8f69 |
|
12-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop modifying HT SMPS capability
Instead of modifying the HT SMPS capability field
for stations, track the SMPS mode explicitly in a
new field in the station struct and use it in the
drivers that care about it. This simplifies the
code using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 9fb04b501a57ad29fa989ab3cd2123482e7eac5f |
|
14-Feb-2013 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: generate mesh probe responses
Mesh interfaces will now respond to any broadcast (or
matching directed mesh) probe requests with a probe
response.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| bee7f58699a406a4210ba9e0367bae7ac666abd0 |
|
07-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle operating mode notif in beacon/assoc response
In beacons and association response frames an AP may include an
operating mode notification element to advertise changes in the
number of spatial streams it can receive. Handle this using the
existing function that handles the action frame, but only handle
NSS changes, not bandwidth changes which aren't allowed here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 0af83d3df5863224336a18c24a14fda542b712f5 |
|
27-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle VHT operating mode notification
Handle the operating mode notification action frame.
When the supported streams or the bandwidth change
let the driver and rate control algorithm know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| e1a0c6b3a4b27ed5f21291d0bbee2167ec201ef5 |
|
07-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop toggling IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
For VHT, many more bandwidth changes are possible. As a first
step, stop toggling the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 flag
in the HT capabilities and instead introduce a bandwidth field
indicating the currently usable bandwidth to transmit to the
station. Of course, make all drivers use it.
To achieve this, make ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() get
the station as an argument, rather than the new capabilities,
so it can set up the new bandwidth field.
If the station is a VHT station and VHT bandwidth is in use,
also set the bandwidth accordingly.
Doing this allows us to get rid of the supports_40mhz flag as
the HT capabilities now reflect the true capability instead of
the current setting.
While at it, also fix ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() to not
ignore HT cap overrides when MCS TX isn't supported (not that it
really happens...)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| f9e124fbd8cbea974b5dc7e9dafddd17d21df7e2 |
|
04-Feb-2013 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: protect rx-path with spinlock
This patch fixes the problem which was discussed in
"mac80211: Fix PN corruption in case of multiple
virtual interface" [1].
Amit Shakya reported a serious issue with my patch:
mac80211: serialize rx path workers" [2]:
In case, ieee80211_rx_handlers processing is going on
for skbs received on one vif and at the same time, rx
aggregation reorder timer expires on another vif then
sta_rx_agg_reorder_timer_expired is invoked and it will
push skbs into the single queue (local->rx_skb_queue).
ieee80211_rx_handlers in the while loop assumes that
the skbs are for the same sdata and sta. This assumption
doesn't hold good in this scenario and the PN gets
corrupted by PN received in other vif's skb, causing
traffic to stop due to PN mismatch."
[1] Message-Id: http://mid.gmane.org/201302041844.44436.chunkeey@googlemail.com
[2] Commit-Id: 24a8fdad35835e8d71f7
Reported-by: Amit Shakya <amit.shakya@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 3f52b7e328c526fa7a592af9bf5772c591ed38a4 |
|
30-Jan-2013 |
Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: mesh power save basics
Add routines to
- maintain a PS mode for each peer and a non-peer PS mode
- indicate own PS mode in transmitted frames
- track neighbor STAs power modes
- buffer frames when neighbors are in PS mode
- add TIM and Awake Window IE to beacons
- release frames in Mesh Peer Service Periods
Add local_pm to sta_info to represent the link-specific power
mode at this station towards the remote station. When a peer
link is established, use the default power mode stored in mesh
config. Update the PS status if the peering status of a neighbor
changes.
Maintain a mesh power mode for non-peer mesh STAs. Set the
non-peer power mode to active mode during peering. Authenticated
mesh peering is currently not working when either node is
configured to be in power save mode.
Indicate the current power mode in transmitted frames. Use QoS
Nulls to indicate mesh power mode transitions.
For performance reasons, calls to the function setting the frame
flags are placed in HWMP routing routines, as there the STA
pointer is already available.
Add peer_pm to sta_info to represent the peer's link-specific
power mode towards the local station. Add nonpeer_pm to
represent the peer's power mode towards all non-peer stations.
Track power modes based on received frames.
Add the ps_data structure to ieee80211_if_mesh (for TIM map, PS
neighbor counter and group-addressed frame buffer).
Set WLAN_STA_PS flag for STA in PS mode to use the unicast frame
buffering routines in the tx path. Update num_sta_ps to buffer
and release group-addressed frames after DTIM beacons.
Announce the awake window duration in beacons if in light or
deep sleep mode towards any peer or non-peer. Create a TIM IE
similarly to AP mode and add it to mesh beacons. Parse received
Awake Window IEs and check TIM IEs for buffered frames.
Release frames towards peers in mesh Peer Service Periods. Use
the corresponding trigger frames and monitor the MPSP status.
Append a QoS Null as trigger frame if neccessary to properly end
the MPSP. Currently, in HT channels MPSPs behave imperfectly and
show large delay spikes and frame losses.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Bezyazychnyy <ivan.bezyazychnyy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Krinkin <krinkin.m.u@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| ec61cd63dd3f3bf982180b2bcc1b325160d73837 |
|
28-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support HT notify channel width action
Support the HT notify channel width action frame
to update the rate scaling about the bandwidth
the peer can receive in.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 815b8092bd5242d580038213da9179a5a4f69116 |
|
06-Dec-2012 |
Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: don't drop mesh peering frames from unknown STA
Previously, mesh peering frames from a STA without a station
entry were being dropped.
Mesh Peering Open and other frames (WLAN_CATEGORY_SELF_PROTECTED)
are valid mesh peering frames even if received from a yet unknown
station; the STA entry will be created in mesh_peer_init later.
The problem didn't occur previously since both STAs receive each
other's beacons which created the STA entry. However, this causes
an unnecessary delay and beacons might not be received if either
node is in PS mode.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de>
[reword commit log a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 751413eadc8f0c7691a6cbd40a913ef0ae6b2ce4 |
|
05-Dec-2012 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: skip radiotap space calculation if no monitor exists
The radiotap header length "needed_headroom" is only required if we're
sending the skb to a monitor interface. Hence, move the calculation a
bit later so the calculation can be skipped if no monitor interface is
present.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 0624760c96da3ffeaec8027a016475ae752d75e1 |
|
27-Nov-2012 |
Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> |
mac80211: fix potential NULL dereference
Smatch complains that we could dereference skb later in the function.
It's probably unlikely, but we may as well return here and avoid it.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
[change summary]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 5164892184d1b9ce19e45e97e9ca405ea8b9ceb2 |
|
22-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support (partial) VHT radiotap information
Add some information that we have about VHT to radiotap.
This at least lets one see the MCS and NSS information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 5614618ec498320e3b686fea246e50b833865c34 |
|
09-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support drivers reporting VHT RX
Add support to mac80211 for having drivers report
received VHT MCS information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| e584da5e3cc0b299d4b86072941cbe6dd9a046a8 |
|
25-Nov-2012 |
Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> |
mac80211: in ADHOC don't update last_rx if sta is not authorized
It does not make sense to keep a station alive if it is not authorised
at all. If IBSS/RSN is used it could also be the case that something
went wrong during the keys exchange and the stations ended up in a not
recoverable state.
By not updating last_rx we are giving the station a chance to be
deleted and to start the key exchange once again from scratch.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 605f1a5b5e87cf4005b56b77083ff473c846431a |
|
22-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix radiotap vendor area skipping
The radiotap vendor area in the skb head must be skipped
and accounted for in a few functions until it is removed.
I missed this in my patch, so a few places use this data
as though it was the 802.11 header, fix these places.
Reported-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
Tested-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 90b9e446fbb64630c72cab48c007d7081aec2533 |
|
16-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support radiotap vendor namespace RX data
In some cases, in particular for experimentation, it
can be useful to be able to add vendor namespace data
to received frames in addition to the normal radiotap
data.
Allow doing this through mac80211 by adding fields to
the RX status descriptor that describe the data while
the data itself is prepended to the frame.
Also add some example code to hwsim, but don't enable
it because it doesn't use a proper OUI identifier.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 5a306f5887d5fd840beb8ea872897fa89e8fcdef |
|
14-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: introduce IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS and use it
Introduce IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS in the generic 802.11
header file and use it in place of STA_TID_NUM and
NUM_RX_DATA_QUEUES which are both really the number
of TIDs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| f4bda337bbb6e245e2a07f344990adeb6a70ff35 |
|
13-Nov-2012 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: support RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END
Allow drivers to indicate their mactime is at RX completion and adjust
for this in mac80211. Also rename the existing RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU to
RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START to clarify its intent. Based on similar code by
Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[fix docs, atheros drivers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 37c73b5f323c973c1db6857494a6685260440be1 |
|
26-Oct-2012 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
cfg80211: allow registering more than one beacon listener
The commit:
commit 5e760230e42cf759bd923457ca2753aacf2e656e
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Fri Nov 4 11:18:17 2011 +0100
cfg80211: allow registering to beacons
allowed only a single process to register for beacon events
per wiphy. This breaks cases where a user may want two or
more VIFs on a wiphy and run a seperate hostapd process on
each vif.
This patch allows multiple beacon listeners, fixing the
regression.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 6dbda2d00d466225f9db1dc695ff852443f28832 |
|
26-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make sure data is accessible in EAPOL check
The code to allow EAPOL frames even when the station
isn't yet marked associated needs to check that the
incoming frame is long enough and due to paged RX it
also can't assume skb->data contains the right data,
it must use skb_copy_bits(). Fix this to avoid using
data that doesn't really exist.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 9b395bc3be1cebf0144a127c7e67d56dbdac0930 |
|
26-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: verify that skb data is present
A number of places in the mesh code don't check that
the frame data is present and in the skb header when
trying to access. Add those checks and the necessary
pskb_may_pull() calls. This prevents accessing data
that doesn't actually exist.
To do this, export ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen() to be
able to use it in mac80211.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 4a4f1a5808c8bb0b72a4f6e5904c53fb8c9cd966 |
|
26-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: check management frame header length
Due to pskb_may_pull() checking the skb length, all
non-management frames are checked on input whether
their 802.11 header is fully present. Also add that
check for management frames and remove a check that
is now duplicate. This prevents accessing skb data
beyond the frame end.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 1df332e82d0facc6b236957f1a5691b550b4e1f1 |
|
26-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: a few formatting fixes
Fix a few code formatting issues in the RX code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| f7fbf70ee9db6da6033ae50d100e017ac1f26555 |
|
25-Oct-2012 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: don't inspect Sequence Control field on control frames
Per IEEE Std. 802.11-2012, Sec 8.2.4.4.1, the sequence Control field is
not present in control frames. We noticed this problem when processing
Block Ack Requests.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 2ac64cd17f9af6d6adaa921bd9846a3c9bb9235c |
|
24-Oct-2012 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Don't drop frames received with mesh ttl == 1
Prior this fix, those frames were not received, nor forwarded. Fix
this to receive and not forward.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 555cb715be8ef98b8ec362b23dfc254d432a35b1 |
|
24-Oct-2012 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Only process mesh config header on frames that RA_MATCH
Doing otherwise is wrong, and may wreak havoc on the mpp tables,
specially if the frame is encrypted.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Chaoxing Lin <Chaoxing.Lin@ultra-3eti.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d012a605108a482392be80710ea35f1db27c4aa9 |
|
10-Oct-2012 |
Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: make client powersave independent of interface type
This patch prepares mac80211 for a later implementation of mesh or
ad-hoc powersave clients.
The structures related to powersave (buffer, TIM map, counters) are
moved from the AP-specific interface structure to a generic structure
that can be embedded into any interface type.
The functions related to powersave are prepared to allow easy
extension with different interface types. For example with:
+ } else if (sta->sdata->vif.type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT) {
+ ps = &sdata->u.mesh.ps;
Some references to the AP's beacon structure are removed where they
were obviously not used.
The patch compiles without warning and has been briefly tested as AP
interface with one client in PS mode.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 444e38035eafba2993a690497b205ce385df3a8e |
|
30-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove some unused code
There are a number of unused variables that gcc
pointed out (when building with W=1) as well as
some conditions that can never be true due to
the datatypes used: unsigned values can't be
less than zero. Remove this code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 00ea6deb0cb1af8df4ea899330bfd238c93ef164 |
|
05-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't use kerneldoc for ieee80211_add_rx_radiotap_header
Doing so creates warnings, but the function is internal and
not part of the 802.11 docbooks, so it from kerneldoc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 4797c7ba93e4049cdda18045c01bbe563aafff69 |
|
26-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use RX status band instead of current band
Even for single-channel devices it is possible that we
switch the channel temporarily (e.g. for scanning) but
while doing so process a received frame that was still
received on the old channel, so checking the current
band is racy. Use the band from status instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| f142c6b906da451ded2c7a8e17b2a0e6fee3e891 |
|
18-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support P2P Device abstraction
After cfg80211 got a P2P Device abstraction, add
support to mac80211. Whether it really is supported
or not will depend on whether or not the driver has
support for it, but mac80211 needs to change to be
able to support drivers that need a P2P Device.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 4c29867790131c281ef96af507d85e3e5f829408 |
|
05-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support A-MPDU status reporting
Support getting A-MPDU status information from the
drivers and reporting it to userspace via radiotap
in the standard fields.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d48b296850f25cb559cb9b907d6d8c09eca3e89d |
|
06-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: redesign scan RX
Scan receive is rather inefficient when there are
multiple virtual interfaces. We iterate all of the
virtual interfaces and then notify cfg80211 about
each beacon many times.
Redesign scan RX to happen before everything else.
Then we can also get rid of IEEE80211_RX_IN_SCAN
since we don't have to accept frames into the RX
handlers for scanning or scheduled scanning any
more. Overall, this simplifies the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 5260a5b2c3524f198ea062fe0a6a4faa724e6a9d |
|
06-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: track scheduled scan virtual interface
Instead of tracking whether or not we're in a
scheduled scan, track the virtual interface
(sdata) in an RCU-protected pointer to make it
usable from RX to check the MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 2c53040f018b6c36a46eec75b9b937aaa5f78e6d |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> |
net: Fix (nearly-)kernel-doc comments for various functions
Fix incorrect start markers, wrapped summary lines, missing section
breaks, incorrect separators, and some name mismatches.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 71bbc9943883cffaf5d7a7728a4e4c50b3ac44d3 |
|
15-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: use wdev in mgmt-tx/ROC APIs
The management frame and remain-on-channel APIs will be
needed in the P2P device abstraction, so move them over
to the new wdev-based APIs. Userspace can still use both
the interface index and wdev identifier for them so it's
backward compatible, but for the P2P Device wdev it will
be able to use the wdev identifier only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 4b5ebccc40843104d980f0714bc86bfcd5568941 |
|
27-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: correct behaviour on unrecognised action frames
When receiving an "individually addressed" action frame, the
receiver is required to return it to the sender. mac80211
gets this wrong as it also returns group addressed (mcast)
frames to the sender. Fix this and update the reference to
the new 802.11 standards version since things were shuffled
around significantly.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bdcbd8e0e3ffdad32b14b6373e67bfcf5fd3f002 |
|
22-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up debugging
There are a few things that make the logging and
debugging in mac80211 less useful than it should
be right now:
* a lot of messages should be pr_info, not pr_debug
* wholesale use of pr_debug makes it require *both*
Kconfig and dynamic configuration
* there are still a lot of ifdefs
* the style is very inconsistent, sometimes the
sdata->name is printed in front
Clean up everything, introducing new macros and
separating out the station MLME debugging into
a new Kconfig symbol.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| d3b2fb53c7f82903880769d406c11c7e619b11a4 |
|
22-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass sdata to some RX functions
For better debugging, we would like to have
the sdata pointer available later, so pass
it into these functions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 00e96decfd0b927f975c98340a5982c5039eeaae |
|
20-Jun-2012 |
Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com> |
mac80211: save wmm_acm per sdata
Save and configure the wmm_acm per sdata, rather than
per hardware.
If wmm_acm is saved per hardware when running two
interfaces simultaneously on the same hardware one
interface's wmm policy will be affected by the other
interface.
Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| 04800ada2acc3a9ffc754c1d73576cef326f3311 |
|
06-Jun-2012 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: stop Rx during HW reconfig
While HW reconfig is in progress, drop all incoming Rx. This prevents
incoming packets from changing the internal state of the driver or
calling callbacks of the low level driver while it is in inconsistent
state.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
| f0d232080fa5d040aaf73a39d127b003cdd2d0ae |
|
15-May-2012 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net: mac80211: Convert printk(KERN_DEBUG to pr_debug
Standardize the debugging to be able to use dynamic_debug.
Coalesce formats, align arguments.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ac55d2fe0576d272c4a98ed9dfb87b1cca29486e |
|
10-May-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: (selectively) add HT details in radiotap
Add a flag for the HT format (mixed vs. greenfield)
to allow drivers to report that on receive. Not all
drivers will do that though, so allow drivers to set
which radiotap MCS details they report.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e87cc4728f0e2fb663e592a1141742b1d6c63256 |
|
13-May-2012 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net: Convert net_ratelimit uses to net_<level>_ratelimited
Standardize the net core ratelimited logging functions.
Coalesce formats, align arguments.
Change a printk then vprintk sequence to use printf extension %pV.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 3bc7945e2642bcea92b0fd6a718565f45061439f |
|
08-May-2012 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
mac80211: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal by hand
spatch/coccinelle isn't perfect. It doesn't understand
__aligned(x) and doesn't convert functions it can't parse.
Convert the remaining compare_ether_addr uses.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| b203ca39126bad99583c908be587df067820a1ea |
|
08-May-2012 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
mac80211: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal
Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add
some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse
of compare_ether_addr for sorting.
Done via cocci script:
$ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !!ether_addr_equal(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 8a690674e0601efbe9a7b16a5826fc522645cca3 |
|
17-Apr-2012 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Support on-channel scan option.
This based on an idea posted by Stanislaw Gruszka,
though I accept full blame for the implementation!
This has been tested with ath9k.
The idea is to let users scan on the current operating
channel without interrupting normal traffic more than
absolutely necessary (changing power level might reset
some hardware, for instance).
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 973ef21a676e55a8e1a100a6e109f0c116ea75e8 |
|
16-Apr-2012 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix truncated packets in cooked monitor rx
Cooked monitor rx was recently changed to use ieee80211_add_rx_radiotap_header
instead of generating only limited radiotap information.
ieee80211_add_rx_radiotap_header assumes that FCS info is still present if
the hardware supports receiving it, however when cooked monitor rx packets
are processed, FCS info has already been stripped.
Fix this by adding an extra flag indicating FCS presence.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 64f68e5d15bee47e0d6d0c57a1cf52cedd9b3527 |
|
28-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove channel type argument from rate_update
The channel type argument to the rate_update()
callback isn't really the correct way to give
the rate control algorithm about the desired
RX bandwidth of the peer.
Remove this argument, and instead update the
STA capabilities with 20/40 appropriately. The
SMPS update done by this callback works in the
same way, so this makes the callback cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 12d3952fc4a1cd96234bc7023bf7eefeb0bb6355 |
|
18-Mar-2012 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: optimize aggregation session timeout handling
Calling mod_timer from the rx/tx hotpath is somewhat expensive, and the
timeout doesn't need to be so precise.
Switch to a different strategy: Schedule the timer initially, store jiffies
of all last rx/tx activity which would previously modify the timer, and
let the timer re-arm itself after checking the last rx/tx timestamp.
Make the session timers deferrable to avoid causing extra wakeups on systems
running on battery.
This visibly reduces CPU load under high network load on small embedded
systems.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3117bbdb7899d43927c8ce4fe885ab7c1231c121 |
|
13-Mar-2012 |
Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org> |
mac80211: Don't let regulatory make us deaf
When regulatory information changes our HT behavior (e.g,
when we get a country code from the AP we have just associated
with), we should use this information to change the power with
which we transmit, and what channels we transmit. Sometimes
the channel parameters we derive from regulatory information
contradicts the parameters we used in association. For example,
we could have associated specifying HT40, but the regulatory
rules we apply may forbid HT40 operation.
In the situation above, we should reconfigure ourselves to
transmit in HT20 only, however it makes no sense for us to
disable receive in HT40, since if we associated with these
parameters, the AP has every reason to expect we can and
will receive packets this way. The code in mac80211 does
not have the capability of sending the appropriate action
frames to signal a change in HT behaviour so the AP has
no clue we can no longer receive frames encoded this way.
In some broken AP implementations, this can leave us
effectively deaf if the AP never retries in lower HT rates.
This change breaks up the channel_type parameter in the
ieee80211_enable_ht function into a separate receive and
transmit part. It honors the channel flags set by regulatory
in order to configure the rate control algorithm, but uses
the capability flags to configure the channel on the radio,
since these were used in association to set the AP's transmit
rate.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Cc: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Luis R Rodriguez <mcgrof@frijolero.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a8286911881948c7a2ecc63ee4224c258cce2da3 |
|
12-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: linearize SKBs as needed for crypto
Not linearizing every SKB will help actually pass
non-linear SKBs all the way up when on an encrypted
connection. For now, linearize TKIP completely as
it is lower performance and I don't quite grok all
the details.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 617bbde878604adfcd557fc2a8952f77ab4ebd95 |
|
12-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move RX WEP weak IV counting
This is better done inside the WEP decrypt
function where it doesn't have to check all
the conditions any more since they've been
tested already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 804483e90794256f9ed53e795ffbf1e94de237c8 |
|
05-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: report signal strength for mgmt frames
Add the signal strength (in dBm only for now) to
frames that are received via nl80211's various
frame APIs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 293702a3fb75832613e2af097bdc3ac8ef775b33 |
|
02-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use common radiotap code for cooked monitors
There's no need to hardcode a subset of the
radiotap header for cooked monitor receive,
we can just reuse the normal monitor mode
radiotap code. This simplifies the code and
extends the information available on cooked
monitor interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d665508b98d3cdbeb476e7d6848a513184a81ed0 |
|
01-Mar-2012 |
Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> |
mac80211: fix the support of setting non-forwarding entity in Mesh
RANN, PREP and PERR propagation should happen only if the
dot11MeshForwarding is true. Besides, data frame should not be
forwarded if dot11MeshForwarding is false. This redundant checking
is necessary to avoid the broadcasted ARP breaking the non-forwarding
rule.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fe8431f89e25de722610ee5beb2892bd019d1fed |
|
01-Mar-2012 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add an rx flag for ignoring a packet's signal strength
For A-MPDU rx it makes sense to only process the signal strength once per
aggregate instead of once per subframe. Additonally, some hardware (e.g.
Atheros) only provides valid signal strength information for the last
subframe.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 888d04dfbe7e09f930fdaafb257cce2c54c9c3f3 |
|
01-Mar-2012 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: use compare_ether_addr on MAC addresses instead of memcmp
Because of the constant size and guaranteed 16 bit alignment, the inline
compare_ether_addr function is much cheaper than calling memcmp.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d26ad3771fe7405bf80d736cae9ba4c706a7b1d8 |
|
20-Feb-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up asm/unaligned.h inclusion
Some files implicitly get this via mesh.h
which itself doesn't need it, so move the
inclusion into the right files. Some other
files don't need it at all but include it,
so remove it from there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 66e67e418908442389d3a9e6509985f01cbaf9b0 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: redesign auth/assoc
This is the second part of the auth/assoc redesign,
the mac80211 part. This moves the auth/assoc code
out of the work abstraction and into the MLME, so
that we don't flip channels all the time etc.
The only downside is that when we are associated,
we need to drop the association in order to create
a connection to another AP, but for most drivers
this is actually desirable and the ability to do
was never used by any applications. If we want to
implement resource reservation with FT-OTA, we'd
probably best do it with explicit R-O-C in wpa_s.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7852e36186d2a1983c215836d7e3d7b8927c930d |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove dummy STA support
The dummy STA support was added because I didn't
want to change the driver API at the time. Now
that we have state transitions triggering station
add/remove in the driver, we only call add once a
station reaches ASSOCIATED, so we can remove the
dummy station stuff again.
While at it, tighten the RX check and accept only
port control (EAP) frames from the AP station if
it's not associated yet -- in other cases there's
no race.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 07ae2dfcf4f7143ce191c6436da1c33f179af0d6 |
|
01-Feb-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: timeout a single frame in the rx reorder buffer
The current code checks for stored_mpdu_num > 1, causing
the reorder_timer to be triggered indefinitely, but the
frame is never timed-out (until the next packet is received)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 608383bfc04aa222c3e9e896c32f56a5e5deaff0 |
|
30-Jan-2012 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Fix incorrect num_sta_ps decrement in ap_sta_ps_end
If the driver blocked this specific STA with the help of
ieee80211_sta_block_awake we won't clear WLAN_STA_PS_STA later but
still decrement num_sta_ps. Hence, the next data frame from this
STA will trigger ap_sta_ps_end again and also decrement num_sta_ps
again leading to an incorrect num_sta_ps counter.
This can result in problems with powersaving clients not waking up
from PS because the TIM calculation might be skipped due to the
incorrect num_sta_ps counter.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8e7c4e4dc6e98a0d3ee4535c6b94a3ad63adad2a |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix a few -Wshadow warnings
It seems that -Wshadow is no longer default in
sparse runs, but let's fix the warnings anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 74b8cc3d592e5e884123eb99960a9f064223eaab |
|
14-Jan-2012 |
Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net> |
Net, mac80211: Fix resource leak in ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding()
We may leak the 'fwd_skb' we skb_copy() in ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() if
we take the 'else' branch in the 'if' statement just below. If we take
that branch we'll end up returning from the function and since we've not
assigned 'fwd_skb' to anything at that point, we leak it when the variable
goes out of scope.
The simple fix seems to be to just kfree_skb(fwd_skb); just before we
return. That is what this patch does.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b423db5b356749e3e39faad607d387cd4c1a9d30 |
|
19-Dec-2011 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Remove superfluous ieee80211_rx_h_remove_qos_control
This seems to not serve any purpose anymore, at least all frame
processing afterwards seems to be able to deal with QoS frames. So,
let's save the expensive memmove and just leave the QoS header in the
802.11 frame for further processing.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| aef6c928a92481f75fbd548eb8c1e840912444b8 |
|
21-Dec-2011 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Keep skb->piority for relayed frames in AP mode
When mac80211 relays a frame from STA1 to STA2 in AP mode it will get
re-classified in the tx path. Unfortunately the frame protocol field
is always set to ETH_P_8023 while the classification only kicks in
for ETH_P_IP. Hence, a high priority frame from STA1 will be send to
STA2 as best effort.
Instead of running classification on the frame just use the same
priority as STA1 did. Do this by adding 256 to the skb->priority
to allow cfg80211_classify8021d to shortcut frame classification.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1d8d3dec5fbba15864f25c734a7fda5703234091 |
|
16-Dec-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle SMPS action frames
When a peer changes SMPS state we should update
rate control so it doesn't have to detect it by
itself. It can't detect "dynamic" mode anyway
since that just requires rts-cts handshaking.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8bf11d8d081106c3cce8281a0150e716f8ac5d22 |
|
15-Dec-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: delay IBSS station insertion
In order to notify drivers and simplify the station
management code, defer IBSS station insertion to a
work item and don't do it directly while receiving
a frame.
This increases the complexity in IBSS a little bit,
but it's pretty straight forward and it allows us
to reduce the station management complexity (next
patch) considerably.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3df6eaea76a9e1351b539541c0314129a0e4b10c |
|
06-Dec-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: accept public action frames with mismatched BSSID
Arik's patch "mac80211: allow action frames with unknown
BSSID in GO mode" allowed any action frames in P2P mode
to go through, but only to cooked monitor interfaces as
the IEEE80211_RX_RA_MATCH was still cleared. As a result
my no-monitor patches broke invitation responses.
Instead of allowing any action frames in P2P GO mode to
go through with a wrong BSSID like that patch did, allow
all public action frames. They will never be processed
by mac80211, but can be reported via nl80211 then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 13c40c54682ffe62977f670681268a26d500d6fa |
|
30-Nov-2011 |
Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Add HT operation modes for IBSS
The HT mode is set by iw (previous patchsets).
The interface is set into the specified HT mode.
HT mode and capabilities are announced in beacons.
If we add a station that uses HT also, the fastest matching HT mode will
be used for transmission. That means if we are using HT40+ and we add a station
running on HT40-, we would transfer at HT20.
If we join an IBSS with HT40, but the secondary channel is not
available, we will fall back into HT20 as well.
Allow frame aggregation to start in IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com>
[siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de: Updates]
* remove implicit channel_type enum assumptions
* use rate_control_rate_init() if channel type changed
* remove channel flags check
* activate HT IBSS feature support
* slightly reword commit message
* rebase on wireless-testing
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 30789eb6cbfcead5d90d27dc4e7d7389cacc528c |
|
25-Nov-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: clean up rx_h_mesh_fwding
Lose about two levels of unnecessary indentation.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0cfda8519c85eb279166fb55a8553ee66eac9b35 |
|
25-Nov-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: don't initiate path discovery when forwarding frame with unknown DA
We used to initiate a path discovery when receiving a frame for which
there is no forwarding information. To cut down on PREQ spam, just send
a (gated) PERR in response.
Also separate path discovery logic from nexthop querying. This patch
means we no longer queue frames when forwarding, so kill the PERR TX
stuff in discard_frame().
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d3c1597b8d1ba0447ce858c7c385eabcf69f2c8f |
|
25-Nov-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: fix forwarded mesh frame queue mapping
We can't rely on ieee80211_select_queue() to do its job at this point
since the skb->protocol is not yet known. Instead, factor out and reuse
the queue mapping logic for injected frames.
Also, to mitigate congestion, forwarded frames should be dropped if the
outgoing queue was stopped. This was not correctly implemented as we
were not checking the right queue. Furthermore, we were dropping frames
that had arrived to their destination if that queue was stopped.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7e3c88660b5b90f437cf466b1805089ccb764ee3 |
|
25-Nov-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: failed forwarded mesh frame addressing
Don't write the TA until next hop is actually known, since we might need
the original TA for sending a PERR. Previously we would send a PERR to
ourself if path resolution for a forwarded frame failed.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e7f4a940bb5eecd07cf0039e7d9201badc332ae0 |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: send unexpected 4addr event
Implement the cfg80211 notification but only send
one event per associated station to avoid having
tons of events if the station thinks it should be
allowed to use 4addr frames but it isn't.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ee971924543fe82f279d3e97f6f6d02320b381b7 |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: report OBSS beacons
If there's an interface in AP mode, OBSS beacons
are needed by hostapd/wpa_s to implement logic to
enable/disable protection etc. Report the frames
and set the capability flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 21fc756087d7659d86c344c0b38229313afc6c7c |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support spurious class3 event
Add support for the spurious class3 frame event
to mac80211 to enable AP w/o monitor mode.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d0ce1855eab098c6257f1321b02b70f916064aaa |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: simplify mesh frame queue mapping and QoS
We only need to set the skb queue twice:
1. by the netdev, on local TX.
2. when forwarding a mesh frame.
We only need to set the qos header twice:
1. by mac80211, on local TX.
2. when putting a frame on the mpath->frame_queue
We also don't need the RA in order to set the proper queue mapping since
all mesh STAs are QoS, indicate this and do it once when the frame is
received. Also fixes an issue where the QoS header and queue mapping was not
set for unicast forwarded frames.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 660c6a449a714cf770641134124f2aae49ed8ab0 |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: check if frame is really part of this BA
There was an an implicit assumption that any QoS data frame received
from a STA/TID with an active BA session was sent to this vif as part of
a BA. This is not true if IFF_PROMISC is enabled and the frame was
destined for a different peer, for example. Don't treat these frames as
part of a BA from the sending STA.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6cc00d545a21ed26696f3bda865ebf11eccbf2b5 |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: QoS multicast frames have No Ack policy
Previously QoS multicast frames had the Normal Acknowledgment QoS
control bits set. This would cause broadcast frames to be discarded by
peers with which we have a BA session, since their sequence number would
fall outside the allowed range. Set No Ack QoS control bits on multicast
QoS frames and filter these in de-aggregation code.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
v2: Use proper QoS Ack Policy ctl field mask (Christian)
v3: Clean up conditional (Johannes)
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f8d1ccf15568268c76f913b45ecdd33134387f1a |
|
08-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix NULL dereference in radiotap code
When receiving failed PLCP frames is enabled, there
won't be a rate pointer when we add the radiotap
header and thus the kernel will crash. Fix this by
not assuming the rate pointer is always valid. It's
still always valid for frames that have good PLCP
though, and that is checked & enforced.
This was broken by my
commit fc88518916793af8ad6a02e05ff254d95c36d875
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Fri Jul 30 13:23:12 2010 +0200
mac80211: don't check rates on PLCP error frames
where I removed the check in this case but didn't
take into account that the rate info would be used.
Reported-by: Xiaokang Qin <xiaokang.qin@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ae2772b313b98a14f69b5bc67135c9fee48771be |
|
26-Oct-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: allow frame aggregation for mesh
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <anagar6@uic.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 152c477aa3eb8046b35aa7cde2782230064041d8 |
|
21-Oct-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: exit cooked monitor RX early if there are none
If there are no cooked monitor interfaces, there's
no point in building the radiotap RX header for the
frame and iterating the interface list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bc3b2d7fb9b014d75ebb79ba371a763dbab5e8cf |
|
15-Jul-2011 |
Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com> |
net: Add export.h for EXPORT_SYMBOL/THIS_MODULE to non-modules
These files are non modular, but need to export symbols using
the macros now living in export.h -- call out the include so
that things won't break when we remove the implicit presence
of module.h from everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
|
| c2c98fdeb5c897499644eb247285c8e3dacc6450 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: optimise station flags
The flaglock in struct sta_info has long been
something that I wanted to get rid of, this
finally does the conversion to atomic bitops.
The conversion itself is straight-forward in
most places, a few things needed to change a
bit since we can no longer use multiple bits
at the same time.
On x86-64, this is a fairly significant code
size reduction:
text data bss dec hex
427861 23648 1008 452517 6e7a5 before
425383 23648 976 450007 6ddd7 after
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| deeaee197b0fa694ba6c8f02cdb57b3be7115b4f |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: reply only once to each PS-poll
If a PS-poll frame is retried (but was received)
there is no way to detect that since it has no
sequence number. As a consequence, the standard
asks us to not react to PS-poll frames until the
response to one made it out (was ACKed or lost).
Implement this by using the WLAN_STA_SP flags to
also indicate a PS-Poll "service period" and the
IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag for the response
packet to indicate the end of the "SP" as usual.
We could use separate flags, but that will most
likely completely confuse drivers, and while the
standard doesn't exclude simultaneously polling
using uAPSD and PS-Poll, doing that seems quite
problematic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 47086fc51aa2220f58049704a8b73e4fcdf372b9 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: implement uAPSD
Add uAPSD support to mac80211. This is probably not
possible with all devices, so advertising it with
the cfg80211 flag will be left up to drivers that
want it.
Due to my previous patches it is now a fairly
straight-forward extension. Drivers need to have
accurate TX status reporting for the EOSP frame.
For drivers that buffer themselves, the provided
APIs allow releasing the right number of frames,
but then drivers need to set EOSP and more-data
themselves. This is documented in more detail in
the new code itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2154c81c32fa44364f83218a10d8dbec4e76d4f5 |
|
08-Sep-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Mesh data frames must have the QoS header
Per sec 7.1.3.5 of draft 12.0 of 802.11s, mesh frames indicate the
presence of the mesh control header in their QoS header.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4777be41638cfab56c78b2a764a5f83beb6cfdd2 |
|
08-Sep-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Start implementing QoS support for mesh interfaces
In order to support QoS in mesh, we need to assign queue mapping only
after the next hop has been resolved, both for forwarded and locally
originated frames. Also, now that this is fixed, remove the XXX comment
in ieee80211_select_queue().
Also, V-Shy Ho reported that the queue mapping was not being applied to
the forwarded frame (fwd_skb instead of skb). Fixed that as well.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| cfee66b0f9891fc2b79a238e737308a2732365d2 |
|
06-Sep-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Stop forwarding mesh traffic when tx queues are full
Tx flow control for non-mesh modes of operation only needs to act on the
net device queues: when the hardware queues are full we stop accepting
traffic from the net device. In mesh, however, we also need to stop
forwarding traffic. This patch checks the hardware queues before
attempting to forward a mesh frame.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2157fdd6ae3f760a95c5c50072a1b4ac656eb9f5 |
|
01-Sep-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: check if mesh frame is in RMC after decrypt
To check whether a frame is in the RMC, we need access to the mesh
header. This header is encrypted in encrypted data frames, so make this
check after the frame has been decrypted.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a21fa87e3a3a8390f17f53967baa574f4e1e1e76 |
|
23-Aug-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: allow action frames with unknown BSSID in GO mode
When operating as a P2P GO, we receive some P2P action frames where the
BSSID is set to the peer MAC address. Specifically, this occurs for
invitation responses. These are valid action frames and they should be
passed up.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2a33bee2753bf28411de8822e3e3c7501966eb1b |
|
17-Aug-2011 |
Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com> |
mac80211: fix race condition between assoc_done and first EAP packet
When associating to an AP, the station might miss the first EAP
packet that the AP sends due to a race condition between the association
success procedure and the rx flow in mac80211.
In such cases, the packet might fall in ieee80211_rx_h_check due to
the fact that the relevant rx->sta wasn't allocated yet.
Allocation of the relevant station info struct before actually
sending the association request and setting it with a new
dummy_sta flag solve this problem.
The station will accept only EAP packets from the AP while it
is in the pre-association/dummy state.
This dummy station entry is not seen by normal sta_info_get()
calls, only by sta_info_get_bss_rx().
The driver is not notified for the first insertion of the
dummy station. The driver is notified only after the association
is complete and the dummy flag is removed from the station entry.
That way, all the rest of the code flow should be untouched by
this change.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 25d49e4d63564c7004a4d6735d1d8c3cc41a7394 |
|
12-Aug-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: update mesh path selection frame format
Make mesh path selection frames Mesh Action category, remove outdated
Mesh Path Selection category and defines, use updated reason codes, add
mesh_action_is_path_sel for readability, and update/correct path
selection IEs.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8db098507c5cbe499061d0f6aea426a36e7c72d7 |
|
13-Aug-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: update mesh peering frame format
This patch updates the mesh peering frames to the format specified in
the recently ratified 802.11s standard. Several changes took place to
make this happen:
- Change RX path to handle new self-protected frames
- Add new Peering management IE
- Remove old Peer Link IE
- Remove old plink_action field in ieee80211_mgmt header
These changes by themselves would either break peering, or work by
coincidence, so squash them all into this patch.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 95acac61ba66c4abd40e038dae8c1ed2e176c7b1 |
|
12-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow driver to disconnect after resume
In WoWLAN, devices may use crypto keys for TX/RX
and could also implement GTK rekeying. If the
driver isn't able to retrieve replay counters and
similar information from the device upon resume,
or if the device isn't responsive due to platform
issues, it isn't safe to keep the connection up
as GTK rekey messages from during the sleep time
could be replayed against it.
The only protection against that is disconnecting
from the AP. Modifying mac80211 to do that while
it is resuming would be very complex and invasive
in the case that the driver requires a reconfig,
so do it after it has resumed completely. In that
case, however, packets might be replayed since it
can then only happen after TX/RX are up again, so
mark keys for interfaces that need to disconnect
as "tainted" and drop all packets that are sent
or received with those keys.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9e26297a56453315ae6829aec609b5a6309af7b4 |
|
07-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify RX PN/IV handling
The current rx->queue value is slightly confusing.
It is set to 16 on non-QoS frames, including data,
and then used for sequence number and PN/IV checks.
Until recently, we had a TKIP IV checking bug that
had been introduced in 2008 to fix a seqno issue.
Before that, we always used TID 0 for checking the
PN or IV on non-QoS packets.
Go back to the old status for PN/IV checks using
the TID 0 counter for non-QoS by splitting up the
rx->queue value into "seqno_idx" and "security_idx"
in order to avoid confusion in the future. They
each have special rules on the value used for non-
QoS data frames.
Since the handling is now unified, also revert the
special TKIP handling from my patch
"mac80211: fix TKIP replay vulnerability".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 04b7dcf979d71e870683c804802e44287a802760 |
|
22-Jun-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wireless: unify QoS control field definitions
Move all that mac80211 has into the generic
ieee80211.h header file and use them. At the
same time move them from mask+shift to just
bits and rename them for consistent names.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8b3becadc82de3b87a5c196239db3fef6caa9c82 |
|
13-May-2011 |
Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com> |
cfg80211: make stripping of 802.11 header optional from AMSDU
Currently the devices that have already stripped IEEE 802.11
header from the AMSDU SKB can not use ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s
routine. This patch enhances ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s() API by
changing mandatory removing of IEEE 802.11 header from AMSDU
to optional.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 57cf8043a64b56a10b9f194572548a3dfb62e596 |
|
13-May-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
nl80211: Move peer link state definition to nl80211
These definitions need to be exposed now that we can set the peer link
states via NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE. They were already being
(opaquely) reported by NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 79f460ca49d8d5700756ab7071c951311c7f29cc |
|
11-May-2011 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan
Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform
scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled
scans.
This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan
and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in
order to avoid duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d3aaec8ab76c2d604c2ba7332e1338674607597b |
|
04-May-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Drop MESH_PLINK category and use new ANA-approved MESH_ACTION
Note: This breaks compatibility with previous mesh protocol instances.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 816c04fe7ef01dd9649f5ccfe796474db8708be5 |
|
30-Apr-2011 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: consolidate MIC failure report handling
Currently, mac80211 handles MIC failures differently
depending on whenever they are detected by the stack's
own software crypto or when are handed down from the
driver.
This patch tries to unify both by moving the special
branch out of mac80211 rx hotpath and into into the
software crypto part. This has the advantage that we
can run a few more sanity checks on the data and verify
if the key type was TKIP. This is very handy because
several devices generate false postive MIC failure
reports. Like carl9170, ath9k and wl12xx:
<http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg68494.html>
"mac80211: report MIC failure for truncated packets in AP mode"
Cc: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Cc: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 334df731976ee4042c9bf18b2eec9c0a71f45389 |
|
24-Apr-2011 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: fix too early reorder release timer
The release timer has to expire "just" after a
frame is up for release. Currently, if the timer
callback starts on time, the "!time_after" check
above will start a new timer instead of
releasing the frames.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 73b48099cc265f88fa1255f3f43e52fe6a94fd5c |
|
18-Apr-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: explain padding in place of rate field
Apparently this was confusing still ... add a
note that the byte is needed as padding.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4114fa21465ec7ee9526173676d3122a98bbbbd8 |
|
12-Apr-2011 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: receive EAP frames from a station in an AP VLAN on the main AP
This makes it easier to handle moving stations to VLAN interfaces that are
part of a different bridge.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 71839121a0f35f9968d2e204a76eb22683156fd8 |
|
08-Apr-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Let user space receive and send mesh auth/deauth frames
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fcf8bd3ba5362682f945a3f838070ac5e10ff871 |
|
01-Apr-2011 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Fix duplicate frames on cooked monitor
Cleaning the ieee80211_rx_data.flags field here is wrong, instead the
flags should be valid accross processing the frame on different
interfaces. Fix this by removing the incorrect flags=0 assignment.
Introduced in commit 554891e63a29af35cc6bb403ef34e319518114d0
(mac80211: move packet flags into packet).
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 25985edcedea6396277003854657b5f3cb31a628 |
|
31-Mar-2011 |
Lucas De Marchi <lucas.demarchi@profusion.mobi> |
Fix common misspellings
Fixes generated by 'codespell' and manually reviewed.
Signed-off-by: Lucas De Marchi <lucas.demarchi@profusion.mobi>
|
| c835b21405fa551cd5af2c7bfe1c3ae129c5f8ef |
|
15-Mar-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add comment about reordering
Took me a minute to figure this out, maybe
it's better documented...
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 499fe9a419d43410be576bcc825658997b6ce822 |
|
25-Mar-2011 |
Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu> |
mac80211: fix aggregation frame release during timeout
Suppose the aggregation reorder buffer looks like this:
x-T-R1-y-R2,
where x and y are frames that have not been received, T is a received
frame that has timed out, and R1,R2 are received frames that have not
yet timed out. The proper behavior in this scenario is to move the
window past x (skipping it), release T and R1, and leave the window at y
until y is received or R2 times out.
As written, this code will instead leave the window at R1, because it
has not yet timed out. Fix this by exiting the reorder loop only when
the frame that has not timed out AND there are skipped frames earlier in
the current valid window.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3af6334c9e4fbf41ef0ebd3b4d5762f26b675c40 |
|
27-Feb-2011 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add support for showing the last rx bitrate
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6ebacbb79d2d05978ba50a24d8cbe2a76ff2014c |
|
23-Feb-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: rename RX_FLAG_TSFT
The flag isn't very descriptive -- the intention
is that the driver provides a TSF timestamp at
the beginning of the MPDU -- make that clearer
by renaming the flag to RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0c2530cec5672f38f8ab834ee53d17175d3bca95 |
|
12-Feb-2011 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Remove superfluous if clause
ieee80211_rx_h_check returned RX_DROP_MONITOR in case the if statement
in question was true but the same return value is also used directly
after the if clause. Hence, we can just drop the whole if clause and as
such simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 38f37be20941a6f1931ca4c051e638f947415eab |
|
07-Feb-2011 |
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Update comments on radiotap MCS index
mac80211 now supports passing MCS index to radiotap, so update the
comments regarding this
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4f3123366f78cf34ce7caab923e2b3c4fe9e16c2 |
|
05-Feb-2011 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: as a 4-addr station, do not receive packets for other stations
Since 4-addr frames completely override the source address which will
make it into the converted 802.3 frames, receiving frames for other
4-addr stations will confuse the bridging code.
To be able to handle traffic for all connected devices, the bridge
code will automatically turn on promiscuous mode, which triggers
this problem.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Reported-by: Steve Brown <sbrown@cortland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b23b025fe246f3acc2988eb6d400df34c27cb8ae |
|
04-Feb-2011 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Optimize scans on current operating channel.
This should decrease un-necessary flushes, on/off channel work,
and channel changes in cases where the only scanned channel is
the current operating channel.
* Removes SCAN_OFF_CHANNEL flag, uses SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL
and is-scanning flags instead.
* Add helper method to determine if we are currently configured
for the operating channel.
* Do no blindly go off/on channel in work.c Instead, only call
appropriate on/off code when we really need to change channels.
Always enable offchannel-ps mode when starting work,
and disable it when we are done.
* Consolidate ieee80211_offchannel_stop_station and
ieee80211_offchannel_stop_beaconing, call it
ieee80211_offchannel_stop_vifs instead.
* Accept non-beacon frames when scanning on operating channel.
* Scan state machine optimized to minimize on/off channel
transitions. Also, when going on-channel, go ahead and
re-enable beaconing. We're going to be there for 200ms,
so seems like some useful beaconing could happen.
Always enable offchannel-ps mode when starting software
scan, and disable it when we are done.
* Grab local->mtx earlier in __ieee80211_scan_completed_finish
so that we are protected when calling hw_config(), etc.
* Pass probe-responses up the stack if scanning on local
channel, so that mlme can take a look.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b1f93314bfc4d5753391616735f6b8df96db901d |
|
04-Feb-2011 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: do not send duplicate data frames to the cooked monitor interface
I can't think of a valid use case for this aside from debugging (which can
also be done with a real monitor interface), and dropping these frames saves
some precious CPU cycles.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8c99f69182fb9550ceedf599b32af335e743367b |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: do not restart ps timer during scan or offchannel
While leaving oper channel, STA informs sleep state to AP to
stop sending data. Till sending ack for the nullfunc, AP
continues to send the data to STA which restarts ps_timer that
is causing unnecessary nullfunc exchange on timer expiry
when the STA was already moved to offchannel. So don't restart ps_timer
on data reception during scan. This issue was identified by
the following warning.
WARNING: at net/mac80211/tx.c:661 invoke_tx_handlers+0xf07/0x1330 [mac80211]
wlan0: Dropped data frame as no usable bitrate found while scanning and
associated. Target station: 00:03:7f:0b:a6:1b on 5 GHz band
Call Trace:
[<ffffffffa0413ba7>] invoke_tx_handlers+0xf07/0x1330 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa0414056>] ieee80211_tx+0x86/0x2c0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa0414345>] ieee80211_xmit+0xb5/0x1d0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa04037e0>] ieee80211_dynamic_ps_enable_work+0x0/0xb0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa04158cf>] ieee80211_tx_skb+0x4f/0x60 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa04026e6>] ieee80211_send_nullfunc+0x46/0x60 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa0403885>] ieee80211_dynamic_ps_enable_work+0xa5/0xb0 [mac80211]
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 771bbd09f7febb854dd7c30f983aa57535f9e8c9 |
|
01-Feb-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: pass up beacons from external BSS when operating as AP
Beacons from external BSSes are required for updating overlapping BSS
info (i.e. ERP protection). Pass them up unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d057e5a381cbaec5632117bf62ba49438ab16214 |
|
31-Jan-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add HW flag for disabling auto link-PS in AP mode
When operating in AP mode the wl1271 hardware filters out null-data
packets as well as management packets. This makes it impossible for
mac80211 to monitor the PS mode by using the PM bit of incoming frames.
Implement a HW flag to indicate that mac80211 should ignore the PM bit.
In addition, expose ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to make low-level
drivers capable of controlling PS-mode.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6d744bacee8195c915c514409a81d470ce7b1177 |
|
27-Jan-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add MCS information to radiotap
This adds the MCS information we currently get
from the drivers into radiotap.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b305dae488193b65cfa80e1c06c0aa0ce60005a9 |
|
08-Jan-2011 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Fix skb-copy failure debug message.
This particular error isn't about multicast.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fbb327c5945448e98480d610815143a6d4a63638 |
|
18-Jan-2011 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: drop non-auth 3-addr data frames when running as a 4-addr station
When running as a 4-addr station against an AP that has the 4-addr VLAN
interface and the main 3-addr AP interface bridged together, sometimes
frames originating from the station were looping back from the 3-addr AP
interface, causing the bridge code to emit warnings about receiving frames
with its own source address.
I'm not sure why this is happening yet, but I think it's a good idea to
drop all frames (except 802.1x/EAP frames) that do not match the configured
addressing mode, including 4-address frames sent to a 3-address station.
User test reports indicate that the problem goes away with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 707e634326448190bfe2d937c44ec05c8dea63c4 |
|
30-Dec-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
Revert "mac80211: temporarily disable reorder release timer"
This reverts enables the reorder release timer once again.
The issues laid out in:
<http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg57214.html>
Have been addressed by:
mac80211: serialize rx path workers
mac80211: ignore PSM bit of reordered frames
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 24a8fdad35835e8d71f7c4b978a246fafed2e7b4 |
|
30-Dec-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: serialize rx path workers
This patch addresses the issue of serialization between
the main rx path and various reorder release timers.
<http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg57214.html>
It converts the previously local "frames" queue into
a global rx queue [rx_skb_queue]. This way, everyone
(be it the main rx-path or some reorder release timeout)
can add frames to it.
Only one active rx handler worker [ieee80211_rx_handlers]
is needed. All other threads which have lost the race of
"runnning_rx_handler" can now simply "return", knowing that
the thread who had the "edge" will also take care of their
workload.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4cfda47b69d0a37e5fc0292addba6d0f5f671a14 |
|
27-Dec-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: ignore PSM bit of reordered frames
This patch tackles one of the problems of my
reorder release timer patch from August.
<http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg57214.html>
=>
What if the reorder release triggers and ap_sta_ps_end
(called by ieee80211_rx_h_sta_process) accidentally clears
the WLAN_STA_PS_STA flag, because 100ms ago - when the STA
was still active - frames were put into the reorder buffer.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 919bbad580445801c22ef6ccbe624551fee652bd |
|
30-Dec-2010 |
Milton Miller <miltonm@bga.com> |
mac80211: fix mesh forwarding when ratelimited too
Commit b51aff057c9d0ef6c529dc25fd9f775faf7b6c63 said:
Under memory pressure, the mac80211 mesh code
may helpfully print a message that it failed
to clone a mesh frame and then will proceed
to crash trying to use it anyway. Fix that.
Avoid the reference whenever the frame copy is unsuccessful
regardless of the debug message being suppressed or printed.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.27+]
Signed-off-by: Milton Miller <miltonm@bga.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e1e5406854378dfada3f33c7192b012083a5b8e0 |
|
30-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add throughput based LED blink trigger
iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED
based on throughput. Implement this generically in
mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver
specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink
frequencies depending on their desired behaviour
and max throughput.
All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class
device, best with blink hardware offload.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b51aff057c9d0ef6c529dc25fd9f775faf7b6c63 |
|
22-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix mesh forwarding
Under memory pressure, the mac80211 mesh code
may helpfully print a message that it failed
to clone a mesh frame and then will proceed
to crash trying to use it anyway. Fix that.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.27+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c7108a7111cd9e592d6ad498be37276dbea75d2b |
|
17-Dec-2010 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Send mesh non-HWMP path selection frames to userspace
Let path selection frames for protocols other than HWMP be sent to
userspace via NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. Also allow userspace to send
and receive mesh path selection frames.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| cf4e594ea7e55555e81647b74a3a8e8b2826a529 |
|
15-Dec-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
nl80211: Add notification for dropped Deauth/Disassoc
Add a new notification to indicate that a received, unprotected
Deauthentication or Disassociation frame was dropped due to
management frame protection being in use. This notification is
needed to allow user space (e.g., wpa_supplicant) to implement
SA Query procedure to recover from association state mismatch
between an AP and STA.
This is needed to avoid getting stuck in non-working state when MFP
(IEEE 802.11w) is used and a protected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame is dropped for any reason. After that, the
station would silently discard any unprotected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame that could be indicating that the AP does not
have association for the STA (when the Reason Code would be 6 or 7).
IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, 11.13 describes this recovery mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 897bed8b4320774e56f282cdc1cceb4d77442797 |
|
09-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up RX key checks
Using the default key for "any key set" isn't
quite what we should do. It works, but with the
upcoming changes it makes life unnecessarily
complex, so do something better here and really
check for "any key".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 541a45a142df281c974d74eac2066138fc107b23 |
|
02-Dec-2010 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.
This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.
--
v2: fix ABI breakage and change factor to be a power of 2.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 08ca944eb240b2299e743c76b43fbc7c2dd251de |
|
30-Nov-2010 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Minor optimization in ieee80211_rx_h_data
Remove a superfluous ieee80211_is_data check as that was checked a few
lines before already and we wont't get here for non-data frames at all.
Second, the frame was already converted to 802.3 header format and
reading the fc and addr1 fields was only possible because the 802.3
header is short enough and didn't overwrite the relevant parts of the
802.11 header. Make the code more obvious by checking the ethernet
header's h_dest field.
Furthermore reorder the conditions to reduce the number of checks
when dynamic powersave is not needed (AP mode for example).
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8e26d5ad2f9c038609d42eebc676cd1107709eef |
|
30-Nov-2010 |
Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix STA disconnect due to MIC failure
Th commit titled "mac80211: clean up rx handling wrt. found_sta"
removed found_sta variable which caused a MIC failure event
to be reported twice for a single failure to supplicant resulted
in STA disconnect.
This should fix WPA specific countermeasures WiFi test case (5.2.17)
issues with mac80211 based drivers which report MIC failure events in
rx status.
Cc: Stable <stable@kernel.org> (2.6.37)
Signed-off-by: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2c31333a8fde7e26936a9f5371d02ff12c490993 |
|
29-Nov-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: ignore non-bcast mcast deauth/disassoc franes
This patch fixes an curious issue due to insufficient
rx frame filtering.
Saqeb Akhter reported frequent disconnects while streaming
videos over samba: <http://marc.info/?m=128600031109136>
> [ 1166.512087] wlan1: deauthenticated from 30:46:9a:10:49:f7 (Reason: 7)
> [ 1526.059997] wlan1: deauthenticated from 30:46:9a:10:49:f7 (Reason: 7)
> [ 2125.324356] wlan1: deauthenticated from 30:46:9a:10:49:f7 (Reason: 7)
> [...]
The reason is that the device generates frames with slightly
bogus SA/TA addresses.
e.g.:
[ 2314.402316] Ignore 9f:1f:31:f8:64:ff
[ 2314.402321] Ignore 9f:1f:31:f8:64:ff
[ 2352.453804] Ignore 0d:1f:31:f8:64:ff
[ 2352.453808] Ignore 0d:1f:31:f8:64:ff
^^ the group-address flag is set!
(the correct SA/TA would be: 00:1f:31:f8:64:ff)
Since the AP does not know from where the frames come, it
generates a DEAUTH response for the (invalid) mcast address.
This mcast deauth frame then passes through all filters and
tricks the stack into thinking that the AP brutally kicked
us!
This patch fixes the problem by simply ignoring
non-broadcast, group-addressed deauth/disassoc frames.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Saqeb Akhter <saqeb.akhter@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| dd318575ff0aae91ac4cbcc5b60c184e59267212 |
|
29-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix RX aggregation locking
The RX aggregation locking documentation was
wrong, which led Christian to also code the
timer timeout handling for it somewhat wrongly.
Fix the documentation, the two places that
need to hold the reorder lock across accesses
to the structure, and the debugfs code that
should just use RCU.
Also, remove acquiring the sta->lock across
reorder timeouts since it isn't necessary, and
change a few places to GFP_KERNEL because the
code path here doesn't need atomic allocations
as I noticed when reviewing all this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ccb14354017272ddac002e859a2711610b6af174 |
|
24-Nov-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
Revert "nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average"
This reverts commit 86107fd170bc379869250eb7e1bd393a3a70e8ae.
This patch inadvertantly changed the userland ABI.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 86107fd170bc379869250eb7e1bd393a3a70e8ae |
|
16-Nov-2010 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.
This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 50a9432daeece6fc1309bef1dc0a7b8fde8204cb |
|
16-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix powersaving clients races
The code to handle powersaving stations has a race:
when the powersave flag is lifted from a station,
we could transmit a packet that is being processed
for TX at the same time right away, even if there
are other frames queued for it. This would cause
frame reordering. To fix this, lift the flag only
under the appropriate lock that blocks TX.
Additionally, the code to allow drivers to block a
station while frames for it are on the HW queue is
never re-enabled the station, so traffic would get
stuck indefinitely. Fix this by clearing the flag
for this appropriately.
Finally, as an optimisation, don't do anything if
the driver unblocks an already unblocked station.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 15943a72c7d2031c9150917ca9161a9f891d455a |
|
08-Oct-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: temporarily disable reorder release timer
Several serve threading problems in the current
release reorder timer implementation have been
discovered.
A lengthy discussion - which lists some of the
pitfalls and possible solutions - can be found at:
http://marc.info/?t=128635927000001
But due to the complicated nature of the subject and
the imminent advent of a new -rc cycle, it was
decided to disable the feature for the time being.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e31b82136d1adc7a599b6e99d3321e5831841f5a |
|
05-Oct-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: allow per-station GTKs
This adds API to allow adding per-station GTKs,
updates mac80211 to support it, and also allows
drivers to remove a key from hwaccel again when
this may be necessary due to multiple GTKs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1be7fe8de9f25e173282f8f989f83bc5b5decfe9 |
|
01-Oct-2010 |
Bill Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com> |
mac80211: fix for WDS interfaces
Initialize the rate table for WDS interfaces, and
add cases to allow WDS packets to pass the xmit and receive
tests.
Signed-off-by: Bill Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 554891e63a29af35cc6bb403ef34e319518114d0 |
|
24-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move packet flags into packet
commit 8c0c709eea5cbab97fb464cd68b06f24acc58ee1
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Wed Nov 25 17:46:15 2009 +0100
mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags
moved the CMNTR flag into the skb RX flags for
some aggregation cleanups, but this was wrong
since the optimisation this flag tried to make
requires that it is kept across the processing
of multiple interfaces -- which isn't true for
flags in the skb. The patch not only broke the
optimisation, it also introduced a bug: under
some (common!) circumstances the flag will be
set on an already freed skb!
However, investigating this in more detail, I
found that most of the flags that we set should
be per packet, _except_ for this one, due to
a-MPDU processing. Additionally, the flags used
for processing (currently just this one) need
to be reset before processing a new packet.
Since we haven't actually seen bugs reported as
a result of the wrong flags handling (which is
not too surprising -- the only real bug case I
can come up with is an a-MSDU contained in an
a-MPDU), I'll make a different fix for rc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4080c7cdc23f26c6e6166a70f50fa43814552d81 |
|
24-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix release_reorder_timeout in scan
Even if the reorder timeout timer fires while
scanning, the frames weren't received during
scanning and therefore shouldn't be dropped.
To implement this, changes to the passive scan
RX handler simplify understanding it, because
it currently checks HW_SCANNING independently
of a packet's in-scan receive status (which
doesn't make a big difference, since scan_rx()
will only pick up probe responses and beacons,
which can't be aggregated.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4b0dd98e70b6516c2c26f28091c2fb09f0ecf215 |
|
24-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up rx handling wrt. found_sta
If a station was found, then we'll have exited
the function already, so it is not necessary to
have a variable keeping track of it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4406c376895608375105013bf405ecac720ef558 |
|
24-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: consolidate packet processing
There are now four instances of vaguely the same
code that does packet preparation, checking for
MMIC errors and reporting them, and then invoking
packet processing. Consolidate all of these.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 20b01f80f72426e7ed2e773220da4357925383d5 |
|
24-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove prepare_for_handlers sdata argument
The first argument to prepare_for_handlers is always
the sdata that can just be stored in rx data directly
(and even already is, in two of four code paths.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7c1e183186377e84e6f4e457be0514887f2df4ef |
|
24-Sep-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
Revert "mac80211: fix use-after-free"
This reverts commit cd87a2d3a33d75a646f1aa1aa2ee5bf712d6f963.
Author reports it conflicts with proper fixes, applied hereafter.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 56af326830757f3e8a1742770d15dfd6e3c40e85 |
|
23-Sep-2010 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Support receiving data frames on multiple vifs.
When using multiple STA interfaces on the same radio, some
data packets need to be received on all interfaces
(broadcast, for instance).
Make the STA loop look similar to the mgt-data loop.
Also, add logic to check RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR for last
interface in mgt-data loop.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| cd87a2d3a33d75a646f1aa1aa2ee5bf712d6f963 |
|
24-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix use-after-free
commit 8c0c709eea5cbab97fb464cd68b06f24acc58ee1
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Wed Nov 25 17:46:15 2009 +0100
mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags
moved the CMTR flag into the skb's status, and
in doing so introduced a use-after-free -- when
the skb has been handed to cooked monitors the
status setting will touch now invalid memory.
Additionally, moving it there has effectively
discarded the optimisation -- since the bit is
only ever set on freed SKBs, and those were a
copy, it could never be checked.
For the current release, fixing this properly
is a bit too involved, so let's just remove the
problematic code and leave userspace with one
copy of each frame for each virtual interface.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.33+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2ca27bcff7127da1aa7dd39cd2a6f7cb187e327f |
|
16-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add p2p device type support
When a driver advertises p2p device support,
mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will
rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than
P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need
to be touched that are otherwise identical. A
p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given
interface will be used for p2p or not.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a621fa4d6a7fdf9d34938d2e129a72624833eeeb |
|
27-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow changing port control protocol
Some vendor specified mechanisms for 802.1X-style
functionality use a different protocol than EAP
(even if EAP is vendor-extensible). Support this
in mac80211 via the cfg80211 API for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3ffc2a905b1faae4c0fe39d66f0752c3a4cbb3c7 |
|
27-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow vendor specific cipher suites
Allow drivers to specify their own set of cipher
suites to advertise vendor-specific ciphers. The
driver is then required to implement hardware
crypto offload for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2c15a0cf27a74213a714cc7be31685b841f7c1ac |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: fix rcu-unsafe pointer dereference
This patch fixes a potential crash (null-pointer de-
reference) which was introduced in my previous patch:
"mac80211: AMPDU rx reorder timeout timer"
During a BA teardown, the pointer to the soon-to-be-gone
tid_ampdu_rx element will be nullified. Therefore the
release timer mechanism has to be careful not to
accidentally access the item without any RCU protection.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0fb9a9ec27718fbf7fa3153bc94becefb716ceeb |
|
21-Aug-2010 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net/mac80211: Use wiphy_<level>
Standardize logging messages from
printk(KERN_<level> "%s: " fmt , wiphy_name(foo), args);
to
wiphy_<level>(foo, fmt, args);
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2e161f78e5f63a7f9fd25a766bb7f816a01eb14a |
|
12-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: extensible frame processing
Allow userspace to register for more than just
action frames by giving the frame subtype, and
make it possible to use this in various modes
as well.
With some tweaks and some added functionality
this will, in the future, also be usable in AP
mode and be able to replace the cooked monitor
interface currently used in that case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| dc1580ddfc1f70636f6ef80a385902f7e8278deb |
|
10-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove unused status flag checks
The decryption code verifies whether or not
a given frame was decrypted and verified by
hardware. This is unnecessary, as the crypto
RX handler already does it long before the
decryption code is even invoked, so remove
that code to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 97359d1235eaf634fe706c9faa6e40181cc95fb8 |
|
10-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use cipher suite selectors
Currently, mac80211 translates the cfg80211
cipher suite selectors into ALG_* values.
That isn't all too useful, and some drivers
benefit from the distinction between WEP40
and WEP104 as well. Therefore, convert it
all to use the cipher suite selectors.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2bff8ebf32a7c5ec9e5f5eeffef94a8cb622f5f0 |
|
05-Aug-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: AMPDU rx reorder timeout timer
This patch introduces a new timer, which will release
queued-up MPDUs from the reorder buffer, whenever
they've waited for more than HT_RX_REORDER_BUF_TIMEOUT
(which is at around 100 ms).
The advantage of having a dedicated timer, instead of
relying on a constant stream of freshly arriving aMPDUs
to release the old ones, is particularly observable when
even a small fraction of MPDUs are forever lost at
low network speeds.
Previously under these circumstances frames would become
stuck in the reorder buffer and the network stack of both
HT peers throttled back, instead of revving up and
gunning the pipes.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 071d9ac253ff51154beb7e33967168e30bc96053 |
|
05-Aug-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: remove unused rate function parameter
This patch removes a few stale parameters and variables
which survived the last, large rx-path reorganization:
"mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code"
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| aa0c86364f925c6f12195072562b18c5609ff082 |
|
05-Aug-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: put rx handlers into separate functions
This patch takes the reorder logic from the RX path and
moves it into separate routines to make the expired frame
release accessible.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fc88518916793af8ad6a02e05ff254d95c36d875 |
|
30-Jul-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't check rates on PLCP error frames
Frames that failed PLCP error checks are most likely
microwave transmissions (well, maybe not ...) and
don't have a proper rate detected, so ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5548a8a1138c96e3e6f803c9f2c1f9389c2f0ee6 |
|
24-Jun-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: use netif_receive_skb in ieee80211_rx callpath
This avoids the extra queueing from calling netif_rx.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 292b4df62a5a05a077269535d24eaabc8831c79d |
|
24-Jun-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: don't shadow mgmt variable in ieee80211_rx_h_action
net/mac80211/rx.c:2059:39: warning: symbol 'mgmt' shadows an earlier one
net/mac80211/rx.c:1916:31: originally declared here
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9190252c952a33efa1ceff4ef35188f8a27b81cb |
|
11-Jun-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Use a separate CCMP PN receive counter for management frames
When management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is used, we must use a
separate counter for tracking received CCMP packet number for the
management frames. The previously used NUM_RX_DATA_QUEUESth queue was
shared with data frames when QoS was not used and that can cause
problems in detecting replays incorrectly for robust management frames.
Add a new counter just for robust management frames to avoid this issue.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8b58ff832df9222e1fb3c58ae7f745f95569b55e |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix mgmt frame accounting
The recent change to processing action frames from
the management frame queue had already broken action
frame accounting, and my rework didn't help either.
So add back accounting and simplify the code with a
label rather than duplicating it, and also add
accounting for management frames.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a87f736d942c86255e3088c606f0e3eab6bbf784 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use RCU for RX aggregation
Currently we allocate some memory for each RX
aggregation session and additionally keep a
flag indicating whether or not it is valid.
By using RCU to protect the pointer and making
sure that the memory is fully set up before it
becomes visible to the RX path, we can remove
the need for the bool that indicates validity,
as well as for locking on the RX path since it
is always synchronised against itself, and we
can guarantee that all other modifications are
done when the structure is not visible to the
RX path.
The net result is that since we remove locking
requirements from the RX path, we can in the
future use any kind of lock for the setup and
teardown code paths.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c1475ca99edcc7216ddc45838ab2c3281c14ba22 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move aggregation callback processing
This moves the aggregation callback processing
to the per-sdata skb queue and a work function
rather than the tasklet.
Unfortunately, this means that it extends the
pkt_type hack to that skb queue. However, it
will enable making ampdu_action API changes
gradually, my current plan is to get rid of
this again by forcing drivers to only return
from ampdu_action() when everything is done,
thus removing the callbacks completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 344eec67c7b8557234e149d254bca2ae9614d61e |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move blockack stop due to fragmentation
There's a corner case where we receive a fragmented
frame during a blockack session, in which case we
will terminate that session. To simplify future work
in this area that will culminate in allowing the
driver callbacks for aggregation to sleep, move the
processing of this case out of the RX path into the
interface work.
This will simplify future work because the new place
for this code doesn't require that the function will
always be atomic, which the RX path needs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bed7ee6e44cb7633a4f9821688a6c7ae977615ed |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: always process blockack action from workqueue
To prepare for making the ampdu_action callback
sleep, make mac80211 always process blockack
action frames from the skb queue. This gets rid
of the current special case for managed mode
interfaces as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 77a121c3a88eb00a4b5e753d083dbb7d49fefb0a |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: pull mgmt frame rx into rx handler
Some code is duplicated between ibss, mesh and
managed mode regarding the queueing of management
frames. Since all modes now use a common skb
queue and a common work function, we can pull
the queueing code into the rx handler directly
and remove the duplicated length checks etc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9d38d85de0270e3927bffab94973a9c78d1dc800 |
|
09-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: allow action frame TX/RX in IBSS
When in IBSS mode, currently action frame TX and RX
cannot be used. Allow using it to talk to any peer,
or for public action frames. Also, while at it,
restructure the code in mac80211 to make it easier
to add this for other interface types in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8b9a4e6e442756f670ef507f09bbc6c11dc0fca6 |
|
28-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: process station blockack action frames from work
Processing an association response could take a bit
of time while we set up the hardware etc. During that
time, the AP might already send a blockack request.
If this happens very quickly on a fairly slow machine,
we can end up processing the blockack request before
the association processing has finished. Since the
blockack processing cannot sleep right now, we also
cannot make it wait in the driver.
As a result, sometimes on slow machines the iwlagn
driver gets totally confused, and no traffic can pass
when the aggregation setup was done before the assoc
setup completed.
I'm working on a proper fix for this, which involves
queuing all blockack category action frames from a
work struct, and also allowing the ampdu_action driver
callback to sleep, which will generally clean up the
code and make things easier.
However, this is a very involved and complex change.
To fix the problem at hand in a way that can also be
backported to stable, I've come up with this patch.
Here, I simply process all aggregation action frames
from the managed interface skb queue, which means
their processing will be serialized with processing
the association response, thereby fixing the problem.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 08daecaead42b85b69b33d7d8429a93dfbf75b58 |
|
30-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: drop control frames after processing
After ieee80211_rx_h_ctrl() processing we only
want to process management (including action)
frames, so there's no point in letting control
frames continue.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 761ab470364b550c9b1a5e1e31be51d415aaf42b |
|
28-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move WEP weak IV check
I suspect the compiler will do this optimisation
anyway, but it seems cleaner to move this into
the WEP switch case.
Also make rx_h_decrypt use a local variable for
the frame_control so that we don't need to reload
the hdr variable for this after linearizing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bc10502dba37d3b210efd9f3867212298f13b78e |
|
03-Jun-2010 |
Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> |
net: use __packed annotation
cleanup patch.
Use new __packed annotation in net/ and include/
(except netfilter)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 8ae5977ff95c03fe6c36a5721c57dcb4bfe4f290 |
|
30-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix blockack-req processing
Daniel reported that the paged RX changes had
broken blockack request frame processing due
to using data that wasn't really part of the
skb data.
Fix this using skb_copy_bits() for the needed
data. As a side effect, this adds a check on
processing too short frames, which previously
this code could do.
Reported-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 058897a4e93a6fc6d331e2ef591b2d6571431265 |
|
11-May-2010 |
Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix paged defragmentation
Paged RX skb patch broke the defragmentation. We need to read hdr again
after linearization.
It fixes following bug
http://bugzilla.intellinuxwireless.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2194
Signed-off-by: Zhu, Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f5c044e53a6b319776c7140b22fee9be3bc1f758 |
|
30-Apr-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: remove deprecated noise field from ieee80211_rx_status
Also remove associated IEEE80211_HW_NOISE_DBM from ieee80211_hw_flags.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 39184b151cbe5ce9f1487190ac4244f69bf6a04b |
|
08-Apr-2010 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
mac80211: delay skb linearising in rx decryption
We delay the skb linearising in ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt so that
frames do not require software decryption are not linearized. We
are safe to do this because ieee80211_get_mmie_keyidx() only
requires to touch nonlinear data for management frames, which are
already linearized before getting here.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 97ad9139fd68b5c71f44d28d3f9788d89cfd4916 |
|
29-Mar-2010 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Moved mesh action codes to a more visible location
Grouped mesh action codes together with the other action codes in
ieee80211.h.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8c11e4ab09ffb975a89802dde0e9aa52a53b8aa5 |
|
07-Apr-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix paged RX crypto
WEP crypto was broken, but upon finding the problem
it is evident that other things were broken by the
paged RX patch as well.
To fix it, for now move the linearising in front.
This means that we linearise all frames, which is
not at all what we want, but at least it fixes the
problem for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 54297e4d60b74e602138594c131097347d128b5a |
|
06-Apr-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix some RX aggregation locking
A few places in mac80211 do not currently acquire
the sta lock for RX aggregation, but they should.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 098a607091426e79178b9a6c318d993fea131791 |
|
06-Apr-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up/fix aggregation code
The aggregation code has a number of quirks, like
inventing an unneeded WLAN_BACK_TIMER value and
leaking memory under certain circumstances during
station destruction. Fix these issues by using
the regular aggregation session teardown code and
blocking new aggregation sessions, all before the
station is really destructed.
As a side effect, this gets rid of the long code
block to destroy aggregation safely.
Additionally, rename tid_state_rx which can only
have the values IDLE and OPERATIONAL to
tid_active_rx to make it easier to understand
that there is no bitwise stuff going on on the
RX side -- the TX side remains because it needs
to keep track of the driver and peer states.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 66b0470aeef10a3b0f9a6a1c60d908b5a06c62ae |
|
06-Apr-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_sta_stop_rx_ba_session
All callers of ieee80211_sta_stop_rx_ba_session can
just call __ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session instead
because they already have the station struct, so do
that and remove ieee80211_sta_stop_rx_ba_session.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d211e90e28a074447584729018a39910d691d1a8 |
|
29-Mar-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Fix robust management frame handling (MFP)
Commit e34e09401ee9888dd662b2fca5d607794a56daf2 incorrectly removed
use of ieee80211_has_protected() from the management frame case and in
practice, made this validation drop all Action frames when MFP is
enabled. This should have only been done for frames with Protected
field set to zero.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1cb561f83793191cf86a2db3948d28f5f42df9ff |
|
29-Mar-2010 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Handle mesh action frames in ieee80211_rx_h_action
This fixes the problem introduced in commit
8404080568613d93ad7cf0a16dfb68 which broke mesh peer link establishment.
changes:
v2 Added missing break (Johannes)
v3 Broke original patch into two (Johannes)
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e3efca0a63b4ac4d8849d37d082a95cf1a75162d |
|
29-Mar-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Fix drop_unencrypted for MFP with hwaccel
Commit bef5d1c70d132145c0fc75b3586a19841a9a82e4 split
ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() into separate functions that are used for
Data and Management frames. However, it did not handle the
RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED correctly for Management frames:
ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() can only return 0 for Management frames,
so there is no point in calling it here. Instead, just check the
status->flag directly.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fa83a2189870cdcd6fb4deeed391e0b988dc9a19 |
|
30-Mar-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Fix dropping of unprotected robust multicast frames
When selecting the RX key for group-addressed robust management
frames, we do not actually select any BIP key if the frame is
unprotected (since we cannot find the key index from MMIE). This
results in the drop_unencrypted check in failing to drop the frame. It
is enough to verify that we have a STA entry for the transmitter and
that MFP is enabled for that STA; we do not need to check rx->key
here. This fixes BIP processing for unprotected, group-addressed,
robust management frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e3cf8b3f7b9eefbe1d39b160726d6e5c2cbb4c5d |
|
29-Mar-2010 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
mac80211: support paged rx SKBs
Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via
ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use
skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame
handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU
process. We will optimize them one by one later.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5a0e3ad6af8660be21ca98a971cd00f331318c05 |
|
24-Mar-2010 |
Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> |
include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h
percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.
percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.
http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py
The script does the followings.
* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.
* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.
* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.
The conversion was done in the following steps.
1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.
2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.
3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.
4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.
5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.
6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.
7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).
* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig
8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.
Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
|
| 62bb2ac5cb6c2f813e151617525ec518e2d1c649 |
|
17-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: deprecate RX status noise
The noise value as is won't be used, isn't
filled by most drivers and doesn't really
make a whole lot of sense on a per packet
basis -- proper cfg80211 survey support in
mac80211 will need to be different.
Mark the struct member as deprecated so it
will be removed from drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| bef5d1c70d132145c0fc75b3586a19841a9a82e4 |
|
16-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split ieee80211_drop_unencrypted
Currently, ieee80211_drop_unencrypted is called
from management and data frame context, and the
different contexts pass different frames. This
could lead to it processing an 802.3 frame as an
802.11 frame when MFP is enabled.
Move the MFP part of ieee80211_drop_unencrypted
into a new function that is only called for mgmt
frames.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 026331c4d9b526561ea96f95fac4bfc52b69e316 |
|
14-Feb-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames
This implements a new command to register for action frames
that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel
rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that
it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but
the socket can be closed for that.
Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded
to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the
cfg80211 API helps implementing that.
Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows
doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be
used either to exchange action frames on the current
operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are
currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public
Action frames with the remain-on-channel command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8404080568613d93ad7cf0a16dfb68459b42a264 |
|
14-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames
802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to
reject action frames we don't handle by setting
the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them
to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd
is responsible for this.
Additionally, drop completely malformed action
frames or ones that should've been encrypted as
unusable, userspace shouldn't see those.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e15276a4b220c54db665cf46a92bd9ceb9aeb052 |
|
08-Feb-2010 |
Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Reset dynamic ps timer in Rx path.
The current mac80211 implementation enables power save if there
is no Tx traffic for a specific timeout. Hence, PS is triggered
even if there is a continuous Rx only traffic(like UDP) going on.
This makes the drivers to wait on the tim bit in the next beacon
to awake which leads to redundant sleep-wake cycles.
Fix this by restarting the dynamic ps timer on receiving every
data packet.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
CC: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 34e895075e21be3e21e71d6317440d1ee7969ad0 |
|
03-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep
Many drivers would like to sleep during station
addition and removal, and currently have a high
complexity there from not being able to.
This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and
sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead
of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and
the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to
fail.
The reason we didn't do this previously is that
the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the
RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep.
This patch will keep the station allocation in
that path, but moves adding the station to the
driver out of line. Since the addition can now
fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver
rejected -- in that case we still talk to the
station but never tell the driver about it in
the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be
a driver that has a low limit on the number of
stations and that cannot talk to any stations
that are not known to it, we need to do come up
with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs,
maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4754ffd68bc14de8db01451c49bb07adebe1e422 |
|
31-Jan-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix sta lookup for received action frames on an AP VLAN
When looking for a matching interface, __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet
loops over all active interfaces, looking for matching stations.
Because AP VLAN interfaces are not processed as part of this loop, it
needs to use sta_info_get_bss instead of sta_info_get in order to find
a STA that has been moved to a VLAN.
This fixes issues with aggregation setup/teardown.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4bb29f8c390fb7be207ec3f11b9d30ccdf1cb6ac |
|
22-Jan-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix rx data handling for non-data frames on multiple vifs
The loop that passes non-data frames to all relevant vifs inside the
__ieee80211_rx_handle_packet keeps a pointer to the previous sdata to
avoid having to make unnecessary copies of the frame it's handling.
This led to a bug that caused it to apply the ieee80211_rx_data state
to the wrong interface, thereby either missing the rx.sta pointer or
having it assigned where it shouldn't be.
This breaks (among other things) aggregation on some vifs, as action
frame exchages are dropped to the cooked monitor interface due to
rx->sta being NULL.
Fix this by restructuring the loop so that it prepares the rx data just
before making the skb copy and calling the rx handlers.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d524215f6cad245249df8def19125ae6fd0bcc9b |
|
08-Jan-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: use nullfunc frames for 4-addr sta detection
To detect incoming 4-addr stations, hostapd needs to receive a 4-addr
data frame from the remote station, so that it can create the AP VLAN
for it. With this patch, the mlme code emits a 4-addr nullfunc frame
immediately after assoc. On the AP side it also drops 4-addr nullfunc
frames to the cooked monitor mode interface, if the interface hasn't
been fully set up to receive 4-addr data frames yet.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d79074488083ec0d7ecd15352192dc1631f25643 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add missing sanity checks for action frames
Various missing sanity checks caused rejected action frames to be
interpreted as channel switch announcements, which can cause a client
mode interface to switch away from its operating channel, thereby losing
connectivity. This patch ensures that only spectrum management action
frames are processed by the CSA handling function and prevents rejected
action frames from getting processed by the MLME code.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| cf0277e714a0db302a8f80e1b85fd61c32cf00b3 |
|
05-Jan-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix skb buffering issue
Since I removed the master netdev, we've been
keeping internal queues only, and even before
that we never told the networking stack above
the virtual interfaces about congestion. This
means that packets are queued in mac80211 and
the upper layers never know, possibly leading
to memory exhaustion and other problems.
This patch makes all interfaces multiqueue and
uses ndo_select_queue to put the packets into
queues per AC. Additionally, when the driver
stops a queue, we now stop all corresponding
queues for the virtual interfaces as well.
The injection case will use VO by default for
non-data frames, and BE for data frames, but
downgrade any data frames according to ACM. It
needs to be fleshed out in the future to allow
chosing the queue/AC in radiotap.
Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.32]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| af6b63741cc4e4dfd575d06beb333b11a8a6e0c0 |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: generalise work handling
In order to use auth/assoc for different purposes
other than MLME, it needs to be split up. For other
purposes, a generic work handling (potentially on
another channel) will be useful.
To achieve that, this patch moves much of the MLME
work handling out of mlme into a new work API. The
API can currently handle probing a specific AP,
authentication and association. The MLME previously
handled probe/authentication as one step and will
continue to do so, but they are separate in the new
work handling.
Work items are RCU-managed to be able to check for
existence of an item for a specific frame in the RX
path, but they can be re-used which the MLME right
now will do for its combined probe/auth step.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9607e6b66a0d25ca63b70d54a4283fa13d8f7c9d |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_sdata_running
Instead of always using netif_running(sdata->dev)
use ieee80211_sdata_running(sdata) now which is
just an inline containing netif_running() for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| eaf85ca7fecb218fc41ff57c1642ca73b097aabb |
|
01-Dec-2009 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
wireless: add ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s
Move the A-MSDU handling code from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that more
drivers can use it. The new created function ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s
converts an A-MSDU frame to a list of 802.3 frames.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 59d9cb071d6209f2e8df2d16228cfdc7bab1f2d1 |
|
17-Dec-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: remove payload alignment warning
The payload alignment warning enabled by MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is
difficult. To fix it, a firmware change is needed but in most cases that's
very difficult. So the benefit from the warning is low and most probably
it just creates more confusion for people who just enable all warnings
(like it did for me).
Remove the unaligned IP payload warning and the kconfig option. But
leave the unaligned packet warning, it will be enabled with
MAC80211_VERBOSE_DEBUG.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 12375ef933fa8271396ed0c1e318cb1bd2e2689d |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: trace interface name
It's not all that useful to have the vif/sdata pointer,
we'd rather refer to the interfaces by their name.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 47846c9b0c10808d9337d2e7d09361f3e0a0a71a |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev
For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have
a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so
prepare for that by reducing the reliance on
having a netdev. This patch moves the name
and address fields into the sdata struct and
uses them from there all over. Some work is
needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not
a lot of work and in slow paths anyway.
In doing so, this also reduces the number of
pointer dereferences in many places, because
of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming
sdata->vif.addr.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| abe60632f311d515b082b450504ee24006023951 |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make station management completely depend on vif
The station management currently uses the virtual
interface, but you cannot add the same station to
multiple virtual interfaces if you're communicating
with it in multiple ways.
This restriction should be lifted so that in the
future we can, for instance, support bluetooth 3
with an access point that mac80211 is already
associated to.
We can do that by requiring all sta_info_get users
to provide the virtual interface and making the RX
code aware that an address may match more than one
station struct. Thanks to the previous patches this
one isn't all that large and except for the RX and
TX status paths changes has low complexity.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5d618cb81aeea19879975cd1f9a1e707694dfd7c |
|
10-Dec-2009 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Fixed bug in mesh portal paths
Paths to mesh portals were being timed out immediately after each use in
intermediate forwarding nodes. mppath->exp_time is set to the expiration time
so assigning it to jiffies was marking the path as expired.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d29cecda036f251aee4947f47eea0fe9ed8cc931 |
|
04-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix reorder buffer release
My patch "mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code"
uses an skb queue for MPDUs that were released from the
buffer. I intentially didn't initialise and use the skb
queue's spinlock, but in this place forgot that the code
variant that doesn't touch the spinlock is needed.
Thanks to Christian Lamparter for quickly spotting the
bug in the backtrace Reinette reported.
Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Bug-identified-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Tested-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| f64f9e719261a87818dd192a3a2352e5b20fbd0f |
|
30-Nov-2009 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net: Move && and || to end of previous line
Not including net/atm/
Compiled tested x86 allyesconfig only
Added a > 80 column line or two, which I ignored.
Existing checkpatch plaints willfully, cheerfully ignored.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 2569a826de16ff82302a8a091228275be1aa911c |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code
As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code
should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The
previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now
hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs
that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The
list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb
to release it later.
The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto
handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a
previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be
in the rx flags now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1edfb1afba2f6e4114ff09f2e3bc948fcae0c419 |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code
This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it
to the place where it belongs without changing it.
A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up.
The sole purpose of this code move is to make the
other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at
all except that it now requires a different static
function declaration (which will go away too).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8c0c709eea5cbab97fb464cd68b06f24acc58ee1 |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags
The RX flags should soon be used only for flags
that cannot change within an a-MPDU, so move the
cooked monitor flag into the RX status flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9bc383de37090ba7ca3ff32a12c9d809dc5867f0 |
|
19-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: introduce capability for 4addr mode
It's very likely that not many devices will support
four-address mode in station or AP mode so introduce
capability bits for both modes, set them in mac80211
and check them when userspace tries to use the mode.
Also, keep track of 4addr in cfg80211 (wireless_dev)
and not in mac80211 any more. mac80211 can also be
improved for the VLAN case by not looking at the
4addr flag but maintaining the station pointer for
it correctly. However, keep track of use_4addr for
station mode in mac80211 to avoid all the derefs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 62ae67be31c2346b6d74653a148ddbd1b9a94424 |
|
18-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove encrypt parameter from ieee80211_tx_skb
Since the flags moved into skb->cb, there's no
longer a need to have the encrypt bool passed
into the function, anyone who requires it set
to 0 (false) can just set the flag directly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5f0b7de59fae1e57b2481c9756cd4a0f6308530f |
|
16-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: improve rate handling
Some code currently assumes that there's a valid
rate pointer even in the HT case, but there can't
be. To reduce reliance on that, remove the rate
pointer from the RX data struct and pass it where
it's needed.
Also, for now, in radiotap announce HT frames as
having a DYN channel type, and remove their rate
from cooked monitor radiotap completely (it isn't
present in the regular monitor radiotap either.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| eb9fb5b8883535c27d2cc5d4e4dbab3532f97b18 |
|
16-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: trim RX data
The RX data contains the netdev, which is
duplicated since we have the sdata, and the
RX status pointer, which is duplicate since
we have the skb. Remove those two fields to
have fewer fields that depend on each other
and simply load them as necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a02ae758e8780d737b6d0135d6292bb3043e7eea |
|
16-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: cleanup reorder buffer handling
The reorder buffer handling is written in a quite
peculiar style (especially comments) and also has
a quirk where it invokes the entire reorder code
in ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf() for just a
handful of lines in it with a special argument.
Split out ieee80211_release_reorder_frames which
can then be invoked from BAR handling and other
reordering code, clean up code and comments and
remove function arguments that are now unused from
ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| af2ced6a32dafb71d21b726c06df57fc574093d7 |
|
16-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: push michael MIC report after DA check
When we receive a michael MIC failure report from the
hardware we currently do not check whether it is actually
reported on a frame that is destined to us. It shouldn't
be possible to get a michael MIC failure report on other
frames, but it also doesn't hurt to verify.
Also, since we then don't need the station struct that
early, move looking it up a bit later in the RX path.
Finally, while at it, a few code cleanups in the area.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f501dba4c4c5bda1b64c941997ab7ece1d503945 |
|
11-Nov-2009 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix broadcast frame handling for 4-addr AP VLANs
Without this patch, broadcast frames from the station behind a
4-addr AP VLAN would be reflected back to the source.
Fix this by checking the 4-addr flag before bridging multicast
frames in the cell.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e5d6eb8305a4c116fc94ce28b8136c538c92442f |
|
09-Nov-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: fix max HT rate processing on mac80211
The max MCS index is 76, fix the higher check to allow through
frames received at MCS 76. This is a non-issue for current drivers
as MCS 76 is only possible with a device supporting 4 spatial
streams.
While at it change the WARN_ON() on invalid HT rates to a WARN()
to provide more useful information. This will help debug issues
when the driver is passing up a bogus HT rate value.
The rate must map to a valid MCS index which can be any of the
values in the set [0 - 76] (inclusive).
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f14543ee4d0681df1377b976cba704557ba220d3 |
|
10-Nov-2009 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: implement support for 4-address frames for AP and client mode
In some situations it might be useful to run a network with an
Access Point and multiple clients, but with each client bridged
to a network behind it. For this to work, both the client and the
AP need to transmit 4-address frames, containing both source and
destination MAC addresses.
With this patch, you can configure a client to communicate using
only 4-address frames for data traffic.
On the AP side you can enable 4-address frames for individual
clients by isolating them in separate AP VLANs which are configured
in 4-address mode.
Such an AP VLAN will be limited to one client only, and this client
will be used as the destination for all traffic on its interface,
regardless of the destination MAC address in the packet headers.
The advantage of this mode compared to regular WDS mode is that it's
easier to configure and does not require a static list of peer MAC
addresses on any side.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0938393f02c5a4db75a6e38ee31645c974169bb5 |
|
10-Nov-2009 |
Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com> |
mac80211: update peer link management IE and action frames
Update the length and format of the peer link management action frames.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| af81858172cc0f3da81946aab919c26e4b364efc |
|
06-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: async station powersave handling
Some devices require that all frames to a station
are flushed when that station goes into powersave
mode before being able to send frames to that
station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in
order to avoid reordering and too many or too few
frames being sent to the station when it polls.
Normally, this is the case unless the station
goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again.
But in that case, frames for it may be pending
on the hardware queues, and thus races could
happen in the case of multiple hardware queues
used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem,
but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make
sure the race doesn't happen.
This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race
with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER
per-station flag that can be controlled by the
driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit
frames or not. This flag must be set according to
very specific rules outlined in the documentation
for the function that controls it.
When we buffer new frames for the station, we
normally set the TIM bit right away, but while
the driver has blocked transmission to that sta
we need to avoid that as well since we cannot
respond to the station if it wakes up due to the
TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set
the TIM bit.
Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we
need to wait until all other frames are flushed
before we can transmit frames to that station,
so the same applies here, we need to wait for
the driver to give the OK.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ff9458d3ec179831ebe6966a8aa014ccb3907dc6 |
|
30-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove sent_ps_buffered
This variable is set once, and tested once.
However, the code path that can set it is
mutually exclusive with the code path that
tests it, so the test is always true. Thus
we also don't need to set it either and can
just remove the variable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 22403def134e2c1017cb04ae9129a38e841b2d8c |
|
30-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: also drop qos-nullfunc frames silently
We drop nullfunc frames, but not qos-nullfunc frames,
even though those could be used for PS state control
as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c27f2fded51948edf40007f4f31350e9e0c6ba23 |
|
29-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: deprecate qual value
This value is unused by mac80211, because it was only
be used by wireless extensions, and turned out to not
be useful there because the quality value needs to be
comparable between scan results and the current value
which is impossible when the qual value is calculated
taking into account noise, for example.
Since it is unused anyway, this patch deprecates it
in the hope that drivers will remove their sometimes
quite expensive calculations of the value.
I'm open to actual uses of the value, but the best
way of using it seems to be what the Intel drivers do
which should probably be generalised if we have noise
values from the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8ce0b5892460c670b71b7a0bf96549f5e7a63d6c |
|
28-Oct-2009 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
mac80211: make align adjustment code support paged SKB
This fixed a BUG_ON in __skb_trim() when paged rx is used in
iwlwifi driver. Yes, the whole mac80211 stack doesn't support
paged SKB yet. But let's start the work slowly from small
code snippets.
Reported-and-tested-by: Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0869aea0eb711982cd2b8bebf41b3c0191c89cde |
|
28-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP
While there may be a case for a driver adding its
own bits of radiotap information, none currently
does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code
to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211
generates. If some driver in the future needs to
add some driver-specific information I'd expect
that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we
can add a different way of passing such data up
and having mac80211 include it.
Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to
IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by
b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps.
The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX
code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged
skb support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6a86b9c78ebd0397eb953493c68ea9e194e7023c |
|
28-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix radiotap header generation
In
commit 601ae7f25aea58f208a7f640f6174aac0652403a
Author: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Date: Thu May 8 19:22:43 2008 +0200
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible
code was added that tried to align the radiotap header
position in memory based on the radiotap header length.
Quite obviously, that is completely useless.
Instead of trying to do that, use unaligned accesses
to generate the radiotap header. To properly do that,
we also need to mark struct ieee80211_radiotap_header
packed, but that is fine since it's already packed
(and it should be marked packed anyway since its a
wire format).
Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 43b7b314f606b64f8645e4ec1a59df8a97a79b5a |
|
16-Oct-2009 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Learn about mesh portals from multicast traffic
Mesh portals proxy traffic for nodes external to the mesh. When a
proxied frame is received by a mesh interface, it should update its mesh
portal table. This was only happening for unicast frames. With this
change we also learn about mesh portals from proxied multicast frames.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d20ef63d32461332958661df73e21c0ca42601b0 |
|
11-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: document ieee80211_rx() context requirement
ieee80211_rx() must be called with softirqs disabled
since the networking stack requires this for netif_rx()
and some code in mac80211 can assume that it can not
be processing its own tasklet and this call at the same
time.
It may be possible to remove this requirement after a
careful audit of mac80211 and doing any needed locking
improvements in it along with disabling softirqs around
netif_rx(). An alternative might be to push all packet
processing to process context in mac80211, instead of
to the tasklet, and add other synchronisation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fbc44bf7177dfd61381da55405550b693943a432 |
|
01-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix vlan and optimise RX
When receiving data frames, we can send them only to
the interface they belong to based on transmitting
station (this doesn't work for probe requests). Also,
don't try to handle other frames for AP_VLAN at all
since those interface should only receive data.
Additionally, the transmit side must check that the
station we're sending a frame to is actually on the
interface we're transmitting on, and not transmit
packets to functions that live on other interfaces,
so validate that as well.
Another bug fix is needed in sta_info.c where in the
VLAN case when adding/removing stations we overwrite
the sdata variable we still need.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 77a980dc6c4674fc7741d72b9775135669318d8d |
|
24-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix RX skb leaks
In mac80211's RX path some of the warnings that
warn about drivers passing invalid status values
leak the skb, fix that by refactoring the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ea77f12f2cc0f31168f2e0259e65a22202ac4dc2 |
|
21-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove tasklet enable/disable
Due to the way the tasklets work in mac80211 there's
no need to ever disable them.
However, we need to clear the pending packets when
taking down the last interface because otherwise
the tx_pending_tasklet might be queued if the
driver mucks with the queues (which it shouldn't).
I've had a situation occasionally with ar9170 in
which ksoftirq was using 100% CPU time because
a disabled tasklet was scheduled, and I think that
was due to ar9170 receiving a packet while the
tasklet was disabled. That's strange and it really
should not do that for other reasons, but there's
no need to waste that much CPU time over it, it
should just warn instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 103bf9f7d35849bce52ad412e4da5063b0716969 |
|
20-Aug-2009 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_rx namespace hack
With the libipw naming scheme change, it is no longer necessary for
mac80211 to avoid the ieee80211_rx name clash.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c8a61a7d33350eeec668fc6230ad55f5fa93209b |
|
18-Aug-2009 |
Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com> |
mac80211: New stat counters for multicast and unicast forwarded frames
This expands on the current fwded_frames stat counter which should be equal to
the total of these two new counters. The new counters are called "fwded_mcast"
and "fwded_unicast".
Signed-off-by: Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3c5772a5279de9eadfff7adb5ddea08106495fff |
|
10-Aug-2009 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Use 3-address format for mesh broadcast frames.
The 11s task group recently changed the frame mesh multicast/broadcast frame
format to use 3-address. This was done to avoid interactions with widely
deployed lazy-WDS access points.
This patch changes the format of group addressed frames, both mesh-originated
and proxied, to use the data format defined in draft D2.08 and forward. The
address fields used for group addressed frames is:
In 802.11 header
ToDS:0 FromDS:1
addr1: DA (broadcast/multicast address)
addr2: TA
addr3: Mesh SA
In address extension header:
addr4: SA (only present if frame was proxied)
Note that this change breaks backward compatibility with earlier mesh stack
versions.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 89c3a8aca28e6d57f2ae945d97858a372d624b81 |
|
28-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix suspend
Jan reported that his b43-based laptop hangs during suspend.
The problem turned out to be mac80211 asking the driver to
stop the hardware before removing interfaces, and interface
removal caused b43 to touch the hardware (while down, which
causes the hang).
This patch fixes mac80211 to do reorder these operations to
have them in the correct order -- first remove interfaces
and then stop the hardware. Some more code is necessary to
be able to do so in a race-free manner, in particular it is
necessary to not process frames received during quiescing.
Fixes http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13337.
Reported-by: Jan Scholz <scholz@fias.uni-frankfurt.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3fa52056f3a8e755708241d5795e6d3e6f55ad85 |
|
24-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix PS-poll response, race
When a station queries us for a PS-poll response, we wrongly
queue the frame on the virtual interface's queue rather than
the pending queue.
Additionally, fix a race condition where we could potentially
send multiple frames to the sleeping station due to using a
station flag rather than a packet flag. When converting to a
packet flag, we can also convert p54 and remove the filter
clearing we added for it.
(Also remove a now dead function)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Tested-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 142b9f5074dc0d09dc0025739ad437723d7bf527 |
|
23-Jul-2009 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: implement basic background scanning
Introduce a new scan flag "SCAN_OFF_CHANNEL" which basically tells us
that we are currently on a different channel for scanning and cannot
RX/TX. "SCAN_SW_SCANNING" tells us that we are currently running a
software scan but we might as well be on the operating channel to RX/TX.
While "SCAN_SW_SCANNING" is set during the whole scan "SCAN_OFF_CHANNEL"
is set when leaving the operating channel and unset when coming back.
Introduce two new scan states "SCAN_LEAVE_OPER_CHANNEL" and
"SCAN_ENTER_OPER_CHANNEL" which basically implement the functionality we
need to leave the operating channel (send a nullfunc to the AP and stop
the queues) and enter it again (send a nullfunc to the AP and start the
queues again).
Enhance the scan state "SCAN_DECISION" to switch back to the operating
channel after each scanned channel. In the future it sould be simple
to enhance the decision state to scan as much channels in a row as the
qos latency allows us.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fbe9c429f195111bbf7f1630efa19aee295fd8e7 |
|
23-Jul-2009 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Replace {sw, hw}_scanning variables with a bitfield
Use a bitfield to store the current scan mode instead of two boolean
variables {sw,hw}_scanning. This patch does not introduce functional
changes but allows us to enhance the scan flags later (for example
for background scanning).
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5061b0c2b9066de426fbc63f1278d2210e789412 |
|
14-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: cooperate more with network namespaces
There are still two places in mac80211 that hardcode
the initial net namespace (init_net). One of them is
mandated by cfg80211 and will be removed by a separate
patch, the other one is used for finding the network
device of a pending packet via its ifindex.
Remove the latter use by keeping track of the device
pointer itself, via the vif pointer, and avoid it
going stale by dropping pending frames for a given
interface when the interface is removed.
To keep track of the vif pointer for the correct
interface, change the info->control.vif pointer's
internal use to always be the correct vif, and only
move it to the vif the driver expects (or NULL for
monitor interfaces and injected packets) right before
giving the packet to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 249b405cf8145da8a74b70544ae1079d244bdb00 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Fix regression in mesh forwarding path.
The removal of the master netdev broke the mesh forwarding path. This patch
fixes it by using the new internal 'pending' queue.
As a result of this change, mesh forwarding no longer does the inefficient
802.11 -> 802.3 -> 802.11 conversion that was done before.
[Changes since v1]
Suggested by Johannes:
- Select queue before adding to mpath queue
- ieee80211_add_pending_skb -> ieee80211_add_pending_skbs
- Remove unnecessary header wme.h
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3b8d81e020f77c9da8b85b0685c8cd2ca7c7b150 |
|
17-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove master netdev
With the internal 'pending' queue system in place, we can simply
put packets there instead of pushing them off to the master dev,
getting rid of the master interface completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b291ba11181d46dfbd2d7a5c00a5f3335228191e |
|
10-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: monitor the connection
With the recent MLME rework I accidentally removed the connection
monitoring code. In order to add it back, this patch will add new
code to monitor both for beacon loss and for the connection actually
working, with possibly separate triggers.
When no unicast frames have been received from the AP for (currently)
two seconds, we will send the AP a probe request. Also, when we don't
see beacons from the AP for two seconds, we do the same (but those
times need not be the same due to the way the code is now written).
Additionally, clean up the parameters to the ieee80211_set_disassoc()
function that I need here, those are all useless except sdata.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 77fdaa12cea26c204cc12c312fe40bc0f3dcdfd8 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rework MLME for multiple authentications
Sit tight. This shakes up the world as you know
it. Let go of your spaghetti tongs, they will no
longer be required, the horrible statemachine in
net/mac80211/mlme.c is no more...
With the cfg80211 SME mac80211 now has much less
to keep track of, but, on the other hand, for FT
it needs to be able to keep track of at least one
authentication being in progress while associated.
So convert from a single state machine to having
small ones for all the different things we need to
do. For real FT it will still need work wrt. PS,
but this should be a good step.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e6d6e3420d511cd7552a95d1f04bd4c80a9ddb34 |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: use proper allocation flags
Instead of hardcoding GFP_ATOMIC everywhere, add a
new function parameter that gets the flags from the
caller. Obviously then I need to update all callers
(all of them in mac80211), and it turns out that now
it's ok to use GFP_KERNEL in almost all places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f1d58c2521eb160178b2151d6326d8dc5d7c8560 |
|
17-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb
Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into
skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it
in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that
drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now
accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all
drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making
them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive
function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be
optimised on its own schedule.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8f77f3849cc3ae2d6df9301785a3d316ea7d7ee1 |
|
07-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: do not pass PS frames out of mac80211 again
In order to handle powersave frames properly we had needed
to pass these out to the device queues again, and introduce
the skb->requeue bit. This, however, also has unnecessary
overhead by needing to 'clean up' already tried frames, and
this clean-up code is also buggy when software encryption
is used.
Instead of sending the frames via the master netdev queue
again, simply put them into the pending queue. This also
fixes a problem where frames for that particular station
could be reordered when some were still on the software
queues and older ones are re-injected into the software
queue after them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| dacb6f1d8fa5200efc4e609fe63a750b960993b6 |
|
04-Jun-2009 |
matthieu castet <castet.matthieu@free.fr> |
mac80211 : fix unaligned rx skb
mac80211 is checking is the skb is aligned on 32 bit boundary.
But it is checking against ethernet header, whereas Linux expect IP
header aligned. And ethernet ether size is 6*2+2=14, so aligning
ethernet header make IP header unaligned.
Signed-off-by: Matthieu CASTET <castet.matthieu@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e31a16d6f64ef0e324c6f54d5112703c3f13a9c4 |
|
21-May-2009 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
wireless: move some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211
The patch moves some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211.
Because these functions are doing generic 802.11 operations so they
are not mac80211 specific. The moving allows some fullmac drivers
to be also benefit from these utility functions.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| cc32abd494c0a8f76f2638e3f3a76e01c68bc9ea |
|
15-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move channel switch code
The channel switch code is currently in the spectrum
management file, where arguably it belongs. However,
it is for managed mode only and uses the structures
for that mode only so having it in a more generic
file can be confusing. Additionally, my next patch
gets simpler with the code here.
When/if we ever implement this for IBSS or mesh then
we will need to rework the structures it uses anyway
at which point we could move the code back.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f2ca3ea484a51dc7ea5b738510fd03cb6ca7e2e2 |
|
07-May-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: MFP - Drop unprotected Action frames prior key setup
When management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is used, unprotected
Robust Action frames are not allowed prior to key configuration.
However, unprotected Deauthentication and Disassociation frames are
allowed at that point, but not after key configuration.
Make ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() handle the special cases for MFP by
separating the basic Data frame case from Management frame processing
and handle the Management frames only if MFP has been negotiated. In
addition, do not use sdata->drop_unencrypted for Management frames
since the decision on whether to accept the frame depends on the key
being configured.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0c7c10c7cc6bc890d23c8c62b81b4feccd92124b |
|
07-May-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Drop unencrypted frames based on key setup
When using nl80211, we do not have a mechanism to set
sdata->drop_unencrypted. Currently, this breaks code that is supposed
to drop unencrypted frames when protection is expected since
ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt() is optimized to not set rx->key when the
frame is not protected.
This patch modifies ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt() to set rx->key for all
frames and only skip decryption if the frame is not protected. This
allows ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() to correctly drop frames even if
drop_unencrypted is not set.
The changes here are not enough to handle all cases, though. Additional
patches will be needed to implement proper IEEE 802.1X PAE for station
mode (currently, this is only used for AP mode) and some additional
rules are needed for MFP to drop unprotected Robust Action frames prior
to having PTK and IGTK configured.
In theory, the unprotected frames could and should be dropped in
ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt(). However, due to the special case with EAPOL
frames that have to be allowed to be received unprotected even when
keys are set, it is simpler to only set rx->key and allow the
ieee80211_frame_allowed() function to handle the actual dropping of
data frames after 802.11->802.3 header conversion. In addition,
unprotected robust management frames are dropped before they are
processed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| aec6795210db6ba3f4592056d41ac5b1ab41e980 |
|
05-May-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Comment the order of HT RX reorder handler vs. RX handlers
We are currently processing block ack reordering as a separate task
before all other RX handlers. In theory, this is wrong since this step
should be done only after duplicate removal (see Figure 6-1 in IEEE
802.11n). However, moving this needs some work and the current
situation is not too bad. Add a comment here so that this small detail
does not get forgotten and who knows, maybe someone has some extra
time to take a look at cleaning this up.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4d050f1daed3babf6fcc337f862a245d31af4452 |
|
05-May-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add a timeout for frames in the RX reorder buffer
This patch allows skbs to be released from the RX reorder buffer in
case they have been there for an unexpectedly long time without us
having received the missing frames before them. Previously, these
frames were only released when the reorder window moved and that could
take very long time unless new frames were received constantly (e.g.,
TCP connections could be killed more or less indefinitely).
This situation should not happen very frequently, but it looks like
there are some scenarious that trigger it for some reason. As such,
this should be considered mostly a workaround to speed up recovery
from unexpected siutation that could result in connections hanging for
long periods of time.
The changes here will only check for timeout situation when adding new
RX frames to the reorder buffer. It does not handle all possible
cases, but seems to help for most cases that could result from common
network usage (e.g., TCP retrying at least couple of times). For more
completely coverage, a timer could be used to periodically check
whether there are any frames remaining in the reorder buffer if no new
frames are received.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2d3babd11f91501f49c6af212e6795bd8954f4d4 |
|
05-May-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Use a shared function to release frames from RX reorder buf
No need to duplicate the same code in two places (and that would be
three after the followup patch).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2448798133d747ad339e57099e32a1d1e68aca1c |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers
In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver
calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers
for all operations.
All calls are now written as
drv_<op>(local, ...);
instead of
local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...);
Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and
return default values as appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a3b8b0569fbef725597f05278ec58083321f6e9d |
|
27-Mar-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
nl80211: Add Michael MIC failure event
Define a new nl80211 event, NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, to be
used to notify user space about locally detected Michael MIC failures.
This matches with the MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive.
Since we do not actually have TSC in the skb anymore when
mac80211_ev_michael_mic_failure() is called, that function is changed
to take in the TSC as an optional parameter instead of as a
requirement to include the TSC after the hdr field (which we did not
really follow). For now, TSC is not included in the events from
mac80211, but it could be added at some point.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d1bcb9f1273adee6d2ce5edf84f19409a5cc31b9 |
|
21-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix alignment calculation bug
When checking whether or not a given frame needs to be
moved to be properly aligned to a 4-byte boundary, we
use & 4 which wasn't intended, this code should check
the lowest two bits.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b3631286aca3f54427ca0eb950981e9753866f6c |
|
25-Mar-2009 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix bug in getting rx status for frames pending in reorder buffer
Currently rx status for frames which are completed from reorder buffer
is taken from it's cb area which is not always right, cb is not holding
the rx status when driver uses mac80211's non-irq rx handler to pass it's
received frames. This results in dropping almost all frames from reorder
buffer when security is enabled by doing double decryption (first in hw,
second in sw because of wrong rx status). This patch copies rx status into
cb area before the frame is put into reorder buffer. After this patch,
there is a significant improvement in throughput with ath9k + WPA2(AES).
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3832c287f11ba001bbe48e9be8c59cb9f71f6b43 |
|
24-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix RX path
My previous patch ("mac80211: remove mixed-cell and userspace MLME code")
was too obvious to me, so obvious that a stupid bug crept in. The IBSS
RX function must be invoked for IBSS, of course, not anything != IBSS.
Reported-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 15b7b0629c8213905926394dc73d600e0ca250ce |
|
22-Mar-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: track beacons separately from the rx path activity
Separate beacon and rx path tracking in preparation for the beacon filtering
support. At the same time change ieee80211_associated() to look a bit simpler.
Probe requests are now sent only after IEEE80211_PROBE_IDLE_TIME, which
is now set to 60 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3cf335d527ba6af80f4143f3c9e5136afdb143af |
|
22-Mar-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: decrease execution of the associated timer
Currently the timer is triggering every two seconds
(IEEE80211_MONITORING_INTERVAL). Decrease the timer to only trigger during
data idle periods to avoid waking up CPU unnecessary. The timer will
still trigger during idle periods, that needs to be fixed later.
There's also a functional change that probe requests are sent only when the
data path is idle, earlier they were sent also while there was activity
on the data path.
This is also preparation for the beacon filtering support. Thanks to
Johannes Berg for the idea.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7986cf9581767d250ca0e5a554541bb276e08d21 |
|
21-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove mixed-cell and userspace MLME code
Neither can currently be set from userspace, so there's no
regression potential, and neither will be supported from
userspace since the new userspace APIs allow the SME, which
is in userspace, to control all we need.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| aae89831df03e5282a8f5c0ee46432cfb677fc5c |
|
13-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
wireless: radiotap updates
Radiotap was updated to include a "bad PLCP" flag and standardise
the "bad FCS" flag in the "flags" rather than "RX flags" field,
this patch updates Linux to that standard.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 469002983fc90c2ff0959e2b03335c0fe2e4d5a9 |
|
15-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split IBSS/managed code
This patch splits out the ibss code and data from managed (station) mode.
The reason to do this is to better separate the state machines, and have
the code be contained better so it gets easier to determine what exactly
a given change will affect, that in turn makes it easier to understand.
This is quite some churn, especially because I split sdata->u.sta into
sdata->u.mgd and sdata->u.ibss, but I think it's easier to maintain that
way. I've also shuffled around some code -- null function sending is only
applicable to managed interfaces so put that into that file, some other
functions are needed from various places so put them into util, and also
rearranged the prototypes in ieee80211_i.h accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8abd3f9bc476b5b7f6de1b6fb576b87ba338f7fd |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: restrict aggregation to supported interface modes
We can only support aggregation on AP/STA right now. HT isn't defined
for IBSS, WDS or MESH. In the WDS/MESH cases it's not clear what to
put into the IBSS field, and we don't handle that in the code at all.
Also fix the code to handle VLAN correctly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 20ad19d0ac7389b04b566ebf3e0e497974f63ffa |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix RX aggregation timeouts
The values are in TUs (1.024ms), not ms.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7ab17c45b566b8a4a87ceac6cd6c6d77857189ab |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove bssid argument from prepare_for_handlers
It's a little confusing to get the BSSID outside the function
and pass it in, when it's only needed for this function, so
change that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 572e00122190e3064fa19bd9780b146d2d0f1905 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: use ps-poll when dynamic power save mode is disabled
When a directed tim bit is set, mac80211 currently disables power save
ands sends a null frame to the AP. But if dynamic power save is
disabled, mac80211 will not enable power save ever gain. Fix this by
adding ps-poll functionality to mac80211. When a directed tim bit is
set, mac80211 sends a ps-poll frame to the AP and checks for the more
data bit in the returned data frames.
Using ps-poll is slower than waking up with null frame, but it's saves more
power in cases where the traffic is low. Userspace can control if either
ps-poll or null wakeup method is used by enabling and disabling dynamic
power save.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7fee5372d814c4be9546e5c28ac0058258d8df3e |
|
30-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove HW_SIGNAL_DB
Giving the signal in dB isn't much more useful to userspace
than giving the signal in unspecified units. This removes
some radiotap information for zd1211 (the only driver using
this flag), but it helps a lot for getting cfg80211-based
scanning which won't support dB, and zd1211 being dB is a
little fishy anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c1b4aa3fb619782213af2af6652663c8f9cef373 |
|
29-Jan-2009 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
wireless: replace uses of __constant_{endian}
The base versions handle constant folding now.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ebe6c7ba9b63539d3b1daba1a8ef4cc9ed0f6941 |
|
10-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Fix radiotap header it_present on big endian CPUs
When the IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_RATE flag was moved to be conditional, it
was mistakenly left without cpu_to_le32(). Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f4f727a6c84a6ba8f099b84b2a9f0b2ceddc1c8a |
|
10-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Mark ieee80211_process_sa_query_req() static
This function is only used within rx.c, so mark it static.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 97ebe12a035e11f8af7a06a34f4d848f9b2f0b49 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: 802.11w - Drop unprotected robust management frames if MFP is used
Use ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() to decide whether a received frame
should be dropped with management frames, too. If MFP is negotiated,
unprotected robust management frames will be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fea147328908b7e2bfcaf9dc4377909d5507ca35 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: 802.11w - SA Query processing
Process SA Query Requests for client mode in mac80211. AP side
processing of SA Query Response frames is in user space (hostapd).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3cfcf6ac6d69dc290e96416731eea5c88ac7d426 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: 802.11w - Use BIP (AES-128-CMAC)
Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the
TX/RX paths.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d1c3a37ceeb1a5ea02991a0476355f1a1d3b3e83 |
|
07-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clarify alignment docs, fix up alignment
Not all drivers are capable of passing properly aligned frames,
in particular with mesh networking no hardware will support
completely aligning it correctly.
This patch adds code to align the data payload to a 4-byte
boundary in memory for those platforms that require this, or
when CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is set.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c481ec9705d4a5d566393bc17374cfd82c870715 |
|
06-Jan-2009 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add 802.11h CSA support
Move to the advertised channel on reception of
a CSA element. This is needed for 802.11h compliance.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8d6f658e211a3c6ff808f7fc6ebb30239457eabc |
|
15-Dec-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Remove radiotap rate-present flag for HT
Since we do not currently report HT rates (MCS index) in radiotap
header for HT rates, we should not claim the rate is present. The rate
octet itself is used as padding in this case, so only the it_present
flag needs to be removed in case of HT rates.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0fb8ca45eb164c405eef8978f26829f9348b4d4d |
|
12-Dec-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add HT rates into RX status reporting
This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates
(HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are
currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate
MCS index.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ab1f5c0bb8edbaee81c1672733f8dc4d0a5f5ea5 |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com> |
mac80211: misc cleanups
This patch removes unneeded member (skbuff) from
ieee80211_ibss_add_sta() method in its declaration (in ieee80211_i.h)
and its callers (in rx.c and mlme.c)
This patch removes unneeded member from struct ieee80211_rx_data
in ieee80211_i.h.
(Originally posted as two patches. -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 89fad578a61810b7fdf8edd294890f3c0cde4390 |
|
09-Dec-2008 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> |
mac80211: integrate sta_notify_ps cmds into sta_notify
This patch replaces the newly introduced sta_notify_ps function,
which can be used to notify the driver about every power state
transition for all associated stations, by integrating its functionality
back into the original sta_notify callback.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4571d3bf87b76eae875283ff9f7243984b5ddcae |
|
30-Nov-2008 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> |
mac80211: add sta_notify_ps callback
This patch is necessary in order to provide a proper Access point support for p54.
Unfortunately for us, there is no documented way to disable the interfering
power save buffering mechanism in firmware completely.
Therefore we give in and notify the driver through our new sta_notify_ps callback,
so that we can update the filter state.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 72eaa43a532b4156966444779829a986a4432f11 |
|
26-Nov-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: only transition STAs ps->wake on data frames
When a station goes to PS mode to scan, it will then send
probe requests without the PS bit set. mac80211 will take
that as indication that the station woke up, but it didn't.
This patch changes mac80211 to only consider doze->wake
transitions on data frames to to fix that issue.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8b30b1fe368ab03049435884c11c5c50e4c4ef0b |
|
24-Oct-2008 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Re-enable aggregation
Wireless HW without any dedicated queues for aggregation
do not need the ampdu_queues mechanism present right now
in mac80211. Since mac80211 is still incomplete wrt TX MQ
changes, do not allow aggregation sessions for drivers that
set ampdu_queues.
This is only an interim hack until Intel fixes the requeue issue.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis Rodriguez <Luis.Rodriguez@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4393dce9402c58744433c7a4f3931e17ddde4fb4 |
|
23-Oct-2008 |
Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: allow all interfaces types to handle RX action frames
Eliminate the vif.type check in ieee80211_rx_h_action. This check is
unnecessary (these action frames can be handled by all interface types) and
currently prevents, for example, AP interfaces from handling BACK action frames
such as ADDBA and DELBA requests.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c6a1fa12d206882757264869f8e32d606b930e2a |
|
07-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: minor code cleanups
Nothing very interesting, some checkpatch inspired stuff,
some other things.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 0c68ae2605dbcf67414d8d1f19af93be44b355fb |
|
27-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: convert to %pM away from print_mac
Also remove a few stray DECLARE_MAC_BUF that were no longer
used at all.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| bf94e17bc8d35fc339945a42990a2f2b5e9b5a40 |
|
13-Oct-2008 |
Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> |
net/mac80211/rx.c: fix build error
older versions of gcc do not recognize that ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding()
is unused when CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH is disabled:
net/built-in.o: In function `ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding':
rx.c:(.text+0xd89af): undefined reference to `mpp_path_lookup'
rx.c:(.text+0xd89c6): undefined reference to `mpp_path_add'
as this code construct:
if (ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(&sdata->vif))
CALL_RXH(ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding);
still causes ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() to be linked in.
Protect these places with an #ifdef.
commit b0dee578 ("Fix modpost failure when rx handlers are not inlined.")
solved part of this problem - this patch is still needed.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| b0dee5784dff3e2984510a7fe7a7e48109001f94 |
|
27-Sep-2008 |
Davide Pesavento <davidepesa@gmail.com> |
Fix modpost failure when rx handlers are not inlined.
When CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH=n and CONFIG_MAC80211_NOINLINE=y,
gcc doesn't optimize out a call to ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding,
even if the previous comparison is always false in this case.
This leads to the following errors during modpost:
ERROR: "mpp_path_lookup" [net/mac80211/mac80211.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "mpp_path_add" [net/mac80211/mac80211.ko] undefined!
Fix by removing the possibility of uninlining
ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding rx handler.
Signed-off-by: Davide Pesavento <davidepesa@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2ff6a6d4e92270283432690adf53a7e5ab186d19 |
|
18-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix mesh action frame handling
When I split off the action frame handling I made the code drop
all action frames we don't want to handle. This is wrong since
some action frames are actually handled via rx_h_mgmt through
being queued to the sta/mesh implementations.
Thanks to Li YanBo for noticing the problem.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Li YanBo <dreamfly281@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 79617deeebb9cf089e2bc2aad19743b1209043f6 |
|
22-Sep-2008 |
YanBo <dreamfly281@gmail.com> |
mac80211: mesh portal functionality support
Currently the mesh code doesn't support bridging mesh point interfaces
with wired ethernet or AP to construct an MPP or MAP. This patch adds
code to support the "6 address frame format packet" functionality to
mesh point interfaces. Now the mesh network can be used as backhaul
for end to end communication.
Signed-off-by: Li YanBo <dreamfly281@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 133b822638ff01eb1e32e1917b197c40ed095ddd |
|
16-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make master iface not wireless
There's no need to register the master netdev with cfg80211,
in fact, this is quite dangerous and lead to having to add
checks for the master interface all over the config handlers.
This patch removes the "ieee80211_ptr" from the master iface
in favour of having a small netdev_priv() associated with
the master interface that stores the ieee80211_local pointer.
Because of this, a lot of code in the configuration handlers
can go away. To make this patch easier to verify I have also
removed a number of wiphy_priv() calls in favour of getting
the sdata first and then the local pointer from that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 17741cdc264e4d768167766a252210e201c1519a |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: share STA information with driver
This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about
stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when
they get around to updating, and might also help with
implementing rate control algorithms without internals.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 05c914fe330fa8e1cc67870dc0d3809dfd96c107 |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types
There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its
own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and
simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need
to translate them any more now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ccd7b36286f8c42b3fa95c5a8d402162ffab41df |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up some comments
Some comments refer to 80211.o or similar; also remove
a comment about implementing fragments better, we really
have better things to do.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c2b13452b283f9c4a5b02a6b53ed6416ebf4c03c |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up scan namespace
Most of the scan functions are called ieee80211_sta_scan_*
or similar, make clean it up so they are all just called
ieee80211_scan_*.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 213cd118cbb88b76ae48f92cfb7dbef9a83cca62 |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make bridge_packets a virtual interface option
The bridge_packets configuration really should be per virtual
interface (theoretically per AP/VLAN, but this is much easier);
there currently is no way to set it yet though. Also invert
the option to "NO_BRIDGE_PACKETS" so the default is to bridge.
While at it, also document the flags properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 472dbc45dc1966284de72d7de15690c17ed2cf33 |
|
11-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split off mesh handling entirely
This patch splits off mesh handling from the STA/IBSS.
Unfortunately it increases mesh code size a bit, but I
think it makes things clearer. The patch also reduces
per-interface run-time memory usage.
Also clean up a few places where ifdef is not required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 759ef3eb1eeba8ff7411771e7b9cf6bfd6bb9cfe |
|
09-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make ieee80211_rx_h_mgmt more readable
That function isn't exactly easy to read especially since it
does something in an if branch that continues after the if
because the else returns. Express it in a more readable way.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 39192c0bcf556c8521dcf0203714e9d48ac0b9f6 |
|
09-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move spectrum management code out
Like the HT code, this doesn't depend on the STA-mode implementation
and can be handled entirely independently. There's only stub code
for now, but when it gets filled having it in its own file will be
beneficial.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| de1ede7ac3bd300f9aa565d0f93f6cf9ba74bb1a |
|
09-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make BA session handling independent of STA mode
The aggregation handling isn't dependent on anything related to our
STA-mode implementation, and doesn't need to depend on it for frame
processing. This patch moves the relevant code to ht.c and adds a
hook in rx.c. For now, the relevant action frames are only processed
in STA/IBSS modes, but that's now something we can easily change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8e1535d51bc93fbe9b3ded6555680044bc571d19 |
|
03-Sep-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: Fix rate scale initialization in IBSS
This patch address some IBSS rate issues introduced or not covered
by "mac80211: eliminate IBSS warning in rate_lowest_index()" and
"cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion".
This patch:
1. Moves addition of IBSS station from
prepare_for_handlers to ieee80211_rx_bss_info when triggered from beacon
eliminating bogus supported rates.
2. Initialize properly supported rates also in IBSS merging
3. Ensure that mandatory rates are always added into supported
rates. This is needed in case when station addition is triggered from
non beacon/probe packet. Some management frames need to be sent
4. Remove initialization of supported rates from self rates. This path
was dead code after 6bc37c06bc4 and in general incorrect.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Cc: Vladimir Koutny <vlado@work.ksp.sk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f698d856f65c3fea091cc303a135967965c5b880 |
|
02-Aug-2008 |
Jasper Bryant-Greene <jasper@amiton.co.nz> |
replace net_device arguments with ieee80211_{local,sub_if_data} as appropriate
This patch replaces net_device arguments to mac80211 internal functions
with ieee80211_{local,sub_if_data} as appropriate.
It also does the same for many 802.11s mesh functions, and changes the
mesh path table to be indexed on sub_if_data rather than net_device.
If the mesh part needs to be a separate patch let me know, but since
mesh uses a lot of mac80211 functions which were being converted anyway,
the changes go hand-in-hand somewhat.
This patch probably does not convert all the functions which could be
converted, but it is a large chunk and followup patches will be
provided.
Signed-off-by: Jasper Bryant-Greene <jasper@amiton.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a4b7d7bda566acaa65fbf767f65a83b3a8dc74b9 |
|
16-Jul-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: remove rx/tx_data->fc member
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 358c8d9d332230b14e130b78a6930996cdbf84c2 |
|
16-Jul-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly
Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the
le16 frame_control from the header directly.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b73d70ad8665fd3f35c855075b9a94de3e2b69e2 |
|
16-Jul-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: rx.c/tx.c remove more users of tx/rx_data->fc
Those functions that still use ieee80211_get_hdrlen are moved over
to use the little endian frame control.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9deb1ae572364a37d054d916c5bae858f91a3f9a |
|
30-Jul-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
mac80211: radiotap: assume modulation from rates
use the rates ERP flag to derive CCK or OFDM modulation for the radiotap
header.
(it might be more correct to get this information from the hardware itself, but it
seems safe to assume this in most practical cases.)
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b4f28bbb9bf0b2c829ecf97ce2173f204fde4f10 |
|
30-Jul-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
mac80211: add rx status flag for short preamble
and use it for the radiotap header
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e32f85f7b917456265d4c30d15f734c4912cfa6a |
|
05-Aug-2008 |
Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: fix use of skb->cb for mesh forwarding
Now we deal with mesh forwarding before the 802.11->802.3 conversion, thus
eliminating a few unnecessary steps. The next hop lookup is called from
ieee80211_master_start_xmit() instead of subif_start_xmit(). Until the next hop
is found, RA in the frame will be all zeroes for frames originating from the
device. For forwarded frames, RA will contain the TA of the received frame,
which will be necessary to send a path error if a next hop is not found.
Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1411f9b531f0a910cd1c85a337737c1e6ffbae6a |
|
10-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix RX sequence number check
According to 802.11-2007, we are doing the wrong thing in the
sequence number checks when receiving frames. This fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2560b6e2e4b87df211ea39b3b02498959b70b4e8 |
|
09-Jul-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: Fix ieee80211_rx_reorder_ampdu: ignore QoS null packets
This patch fixes the check at the entrance to ieee80211_rx_reorder_ampdu.
This check has been broken by 'mac80211: rx.c use new helpers'.
Letting QoS NULL packet in ieee80211_rx_reorder_ampdu led to packet loss in
RX.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3e122be089e6fb8d3f322416da4cdbb80ce12927 |
|
09-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make master netdev handling sane
Currently, almost every interface type has a 'bss' pointer
pointing to BSS information. This BSS information, however,
is for a _local_ BSS, not for the BSS we joined, so having
it on a STA mode interface makes little sense, but now they
have it pointing to the master device, which is an AP mode
virtual interface. However, except for some bitrate control
data, this pointer is only used in AP/VLAN modes (for power
saving stations.)
Overall, it is not necessary to even have the master netdev
be a valid virtual interface, and it doesn't have to be on
the list of interfaces either.
This patch changes the master netdev to be special, it now
- no longer is on the list of virtual interfaces, which
lets me remove a lot of tests for that
- no longer has sub_if_data attached, since that isn't used
Additionally, this patch changes some vlan/ap mode handling
that is related to these 'bss' pointers described above (but
in the VLAN case they actually make sense because there they
point to the AP they belong to); it also adds some debugging
code to IEEE80211_DEV_TO_SUB_IF to validate it is not called
on the master netdev any more.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a7767f958a3b09a1bcd0ddcb21ef6f9a8ebd782c |
|
03-Jul-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 238f74a227fd7de8ea1bc66dcbbd36cf9920d1cb |
|
02-Jul-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: move QOS control helpers into ieee80211.h
Also remove the WLAN_IS_QOS_DATA inline after removing the last
two users. This starts moving away from using rx->fc to using
the header frame_control directly.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f4ea83dd743d3e1bec8fdf954ac911c6b12ae87a |
|
30-Jun-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rework debug settings and make debugging safer
This patch reworks the mac80211 debug settings making them more focused
and adding help text for those that didn't have one. It also removes a
number of printks that can be triggered remotely and add no value, e.g.
"too short deauthentication frame received - ignoring".
If somebody really needs to debug that they should just add a monitor
interface and look at the frames in wireshark.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 49461622edf74cd1e1a1056cee3ca8dd90cd9556 |
|
30-Jun-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: get rid of function pointers in RX path
This changes the RX path to no longer use function pointers for
RX handlers but rather invoke them directly. If debugging is
enabled, mark the RX handlers noinline because otherwise they
all get inlined into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() which makes
it harder to see where a bug is.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 182503abf450d39417c2cc6a2c49b4731117d21b |
|
23-Jun-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: rx.c use new frame control helpers
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 87291c0269e77b029282676448fed3706a54211a |
|
13-Jun-2008 |
Vladimir Koutny <vlado@work.ksp.sk> |
mac80211: eliminate IBSS warning in rate_lowest_index()
In IBSS mode prior to join/creation of new IBSS it is possible that
a frame from unknown station is received and an ibss_add_sta() is
called. This will cause a warning in rate_lowest_index() since the
list of supported rates of our station is not initialized yet.
The fix is to add ibss stations with a rate we received that frame
at; this single-element set will be extended later based on beacon
data. Also there is no need to store stations from a foreign IBSS.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Koutny <vlado@ksp.sk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 87228f57434108d8463ff10fd408d8d1273a23d2 |
|
11-Jun-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: rx.c use new helpers
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| c97c23e38625f59e3e9869664eeeb0cab1822948 |
|
28-May-2008 |
Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com> |
mac80211: fix alignment issue with compare_ether_addr()
This addresses an alignment issue with compare_ether_addr().
The addresses passed to compare_ether_addr should be two bytes aligned.
It may function properly in x86 platform. However may not work properly
on IA-64 or ARM processor.
This also fixes a typo in mlme.c where the sk_buff struct name is incorect.
Though sizeof() works for any incorrect structure pointer name as its just
a pointer length that we want, lets just fix it.
Signed-off-by: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9e72ebd686a7f39facdfff639386055f1ad7dc88 |
|
21-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove channel use statistics
The useless channel use statistics are quite a lot of code, currently
use integer divisions in the packet fast path, are rather inaccurate
since they do not account for retries and finally nobody even cares.
Hence, remove them completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e039fa4a4195ac4ee895e6f3d1334beed63256fe |
|
15-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb
This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit
information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra
memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit,
a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps
is kept outside of the union.
A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part
of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 601ae7f25aea58f208a7f640f6174aac0652403a |
|
08-May-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible
use hw flags and rx flags to determine which fields are present in the header
and use all available information from the driver.
make sure radiotap header starts at a naturally aligned address (mod 8) for
all radiotap fields.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 566bfe5a8bcde13188a356f77666f8115813cf31 |
|
08-May-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
mac80211: use hardware flags for signal/noise units
trying to clean up the signal/noise code. the previous code in mac80211 had
confusing names for the related variables, did not have much definition of
what units of signal and noise were provided and used implicit mechanisms from
the wireless extensions.
this patch introduces hardware capability flags to let the hardware specify
clearly if it can provide signal and noise level values and which units it can
provide. this also anticipates possible new units like RCPI in the future.
for signal:
IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC - unspecified, unknown, hw specific
IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB - dB difference to unspecified reference point
IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW
for noise we currently only have dBm:
IEEE80211_HW_NOISE_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW
if IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB is used the driver has
to provide the maximum value (max_signal) it reports in order for applications
to make sense of the signal values.
i tried my best to find out for each driver what it can provide and update it
but i'm not sure (?) for some of them and used the more conservative guess in
doubt. this can be fixed easily after this patch has been merged by changing
the hardware flags of the driver.
DRIVER SIGNAL MAX NOISE QUAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------
adm8211 unspec(?) 100 n/a missing
at76_usb unspec(?) (?) unused missing
ath5k dBm dBm percent rssi
b43legacy dBm dBm percent jssi(?)
b43 dBm dBm percent jssi(?)
iwl-3945 dBm dBm percent snr+more
iwl-4965 dBm dBm percent snr+more
p54 unspec 127 n/a missing
rt2x00 dBm n/a percent rssi+tx/rx frame success
rt2400 dBm n/a
rt2500pci dBm n/a
rt2500usb dBm n/a
rt61pci dBm n/a
rt73usb dBm n/a
rtl8180 unspec(?) 65 n/a (?)
rtl8187 unspec(?) 65 (?) noise(?)
zd1211 dB(?) 100 n/a percent
drivers/net/wireless/ath5k/base.c: Changes-licensed-under: 3-Clause-BSD
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 07346f81e87d6e4cca7ae9adfa711d0c61c87b56 |
|
03-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: proper STA info locking
As discussed earlier, we can unify locking in struct sta_info
and use just a single spinlock protecting all members of the
structure that need protection. Many don't, but one of the
especially bad ones is the 'flags' member that can currently
be clobbered when RX and TX is being processed on different
CPUs at the same time.
Because having four spinlocks for different, mostly exclusive
parts of a single structure is overkill, this patch also kills
the ampdu and mesh plink spinlocks and uses just a single one
for everything. Because none of the spinlocks are nested, this
is safe.
It remains to be seen whether or not we should make the sta
flags use atomic bit operations instead, for now though this
is a safe thing and using atomic operations instead will be
very simple using the new static inline functions this patch
introduces for accessing sta->flags.
Since spin_lock_bh() is used with this lock, there shouldn't
be any contention even if aggregation is enabled at around the
same time as both requires frame transmission/reception which
is in a bh context.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Tomas Winkler <tomasw@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Cc: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| a4278e18e7e497b76781492d010035c3c36f7403 |
|
12-May-2008 |
Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org> |
mac80211: add missing newlines in printk()
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 69687a0b9934942e61bf8148c242adea87183a5b |
|
05-May-2008 |
Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: fix access to null skb
Without this patch, if xmit_skb is null but net_ratelimit() returns 0 we would
go to the else branch and access the null xmit_skb. Pointed out by Johannes
Berg.
Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e100bb64bf7cdeae7f742a65ee1985649a7fd1b4 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: QoS related cleanups
This
* makes the queue number passed to drivers a u16
(as it will be with skb_get_queue_mapping)
* removes the useless queue number defines
* splits hw->queues into hw->queues/ampdu_queues
* removes the debugfs files for per-queue counters
* removes some dead QoS code
* removes the beacon queue configuration for IBSS
so that the drivers now never get a queue number
bigger than (hw->queues + hw->ampdu_queues - 1)
for tx and only in the range 0..hw->queues-1 for
conf_tx.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 13d8fd2d15fdd492078bedb9fde87c901a4e4df0 |
|
22-Apr-2008 |
Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org> |
net/mac80211/rx.c: fix off-by-one
This patch fixes an off-by-one in net/mac80211/rx.c introduced by
commit 8318d78a44d49ac1edf2bdec7299de3617c4232e
(cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion)
and spotted by the Coverity checker.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b3fc9c6c58c986f7a24fd8b0794d1e0794935a28 |
|
13-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove message on receiving unexpected unencrypted frames
Some people are getting this message a lot, and we have traced it to
broken access points that much too often send completely empty frames
(all bytes zeroed, which they shouldn't do at all.)
Since we cannot do anything about such frames in any case except the
special case where we're debugging an AP, just remove the message.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2c8dccc77420fb7433da5674818959d3499d35be |
|
08-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rename files
This patch renames all mac80211 files (except ieee80211_i.h) to get rid
of the useless ieee80211_ prefix.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 966a54282257ce1c43a5410dab2f2778a6f4dcf9 |
|
01-Apr-2008 |
Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: use recent multicast table for all mesh multicast frames
...not only broadcast.
Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| cee24a3e580f1062c8bb8b1692b95014d882bc7d |
|
26-Mar-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: A-MPDU MLME use dynamic allocation
This patch alters the A-MPDU MLME in sta_info to use dynamic allocation,
thus drastically improving memory usage - from a constant ~2 Kbyte in
the previous (static) allocation to a lower limit of ~200 Byte and an upper
limit of ~2 Kbyte.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b4e08ea141e6d663dec31b31d6289baeaaa2a3a2 |
|
01-Mar-2008 |
Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: add PLINK_ prefix and kernel doc to enum plink_state
Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d0709a65181beb787ef3f58cfe45536a2bb254c8 |
|
25-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: RCU-ify STA info structure access
This makes access to the STA hash table/list use RCU to protect
against freeing of items. However, it's not a true RCU, the
copy step is missing: whenever somebody changes a STA item it
is simply updated. This is an existing race condition that is
now somewhat understandable.
This patch also fixes the race key freeing vs. STA destruction
by making sure that sta_info_destroy() is always called under
RTNL and frees the key.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 5cf121c3cdb955583bf0c5d28c992b7968a4aa1a |
|
25-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data
Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify
usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d6d1a5a7096172a1592115331a420630adf47f8c |
|
25-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up mesh RX path a bit more
Moves another ifdef into the sta_info header file in favour of
compiling more code even w/o CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 902acc7896d7649fb30e4b22bd4e643c7f34b02c |
|
23-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up mesh code
Various cleanups, reducing the #ifdef mess and other things.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 33b64eb2b1b1759cbdafbe5c59df652f1e7c746e |
|
23-Feb-2008 |
Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: support for mesh interfaces in mac80211 data path
This changes the TX/RX paths in mac80211 to support mesh interfaces.
This code will be cleaned up later again before being enabled.
Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6032f934c818e5c3435c9f17274fe1983f53c6b4 |
|
23-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add mesh interface type
This adds the mesh interface type.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 004c872e78d433f84f0a5cd4db7a6c780c0946e1 |
|
20-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: consolidate TIM handling code
This consolidates all TIM handling code to avoid re-introducing
errors with the bitmap/set_tim order and to reduce code. While
reading the code I noticed a possible problem so I also added
a comment about that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 836341a70471ba77657b0b420dd7eea3c30a038b |
|
20-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove sta TIM flag, fix expiry TIM handling
The TIM flag that is kept in each station's info is completely
useless, there's no code (aside from the debugfs display code)
checking it, hence it can be removed. While doing that, I noticed
that the TIM handling is broken when buffered frames expire, so
fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| d2259243a19894eee06c16e278adfea81dc42bd9 |
|
20-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: invoke set_tim() callback after setting own TIM info
Drivers should be allowed to simply get a complete new beacon when
set_tim() is invoked (and set_tim() is required for drivers that
just want a beacon template!), so we need to update our own TIM
bitmap before calling set_tim() so that getting the beacon will
now get an already updated beacon.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4a9a66e9a87a8346129d557c7ec2303173318012 |
|
19-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: convert sta_info.pspoll to a flag
This doesn't really need to be a full int variable since it's
just a flag to indicate a PS-poll is in progress.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9d9bf77d16ba527f6f63846ca18cf20ae6e8d697 |
|
18-Feb-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com> |
mac80211: enable IBSS merging
enable IBSS cell merging. if an IBSS beacon with the same channel, same ESSID
and a TSF higher than the local TSF (mactime) is received, we have to join its
BSSID. while this might not be immediately apparent from reading the 802.11
standard it is compliant and necessary to make IBSS mode functional in many
cases. most drivers have a similar behaviour.
* move the relevant code section (previously only containing debug code) down
to the end of the function, so we can reuse the bss structure.
* we have to compare the mactime (TSF at the time of packet receive) rather
than the current TSF. since mactime is defined as the time the first data
symbol arrived we add the time until byte 24 where the timestamp resides, since
this is how the beacon timestamp is defined. as some some drivers are not able
to give a reliable mactime we fall back to use the current TSF, which will be
enough to catch most (but not all) cases where an IBSS merge is necessary.
* in IBSS mode we want to allow beacons to override probe response info so we
can correctly do merges.
* we don't only configure beacons based on scan results, so change that
message.
* to enable this we have to let all beacons thru in IBSS mode, even if they
have a different BSSID.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ab46623ec1f4ea022b861333ce959f0b8f9eb70e |
|
14-Feb-2008 |
S.Çağlar Onur <caglar@pardus.org.tr> |
net/mac80211/: Use time_* macros
The functions time_before, time_before_eq, time_after, and time_after_eq are more robust for comparing jiffies against other values.
So following patch implements usage of the time_after() macro, defined at linux/jiffies.h, which deals with wrapping correctly
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: S.Çağlar Onur <caglar@pardus.org.tr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 3d30d949cf3f9763393f3457721bca3ac2426e42 |
|
31-Jan-2008 |
Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> |
mac80211: Add cooked monitor mode support
This adds "cooked" monitor mode to mac80211. A monitor interface
in "cooked" mode will see all frames that mac80211 has not used
internally.
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8944b79fe9b1fe249c599e7e51f1bfad539aab6d |
|
31-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move some code into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers
There is some duplicated code that sits in front of each function
call to ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() that can very well be part
of that function if it gets slightly different arguments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 589052904a60f00dd2cbc1d3488ee3f520a7de21 |
|
31-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove "dynamic" RX/TX handlers
It doesn't really make sense to have extra pointers to the RX/TX
handler arrays instead of just using the arrays directly, that
also allows us to make them static.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 2c9745e5684ad75d02020bcaa31ab6d4b498e1e1 |
|
31-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up some things in the RX path
Uninline ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers to save .text space,
make the code more readable in some places and remove the
"optimisation" that is hit only very few times and unclear
to start with.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e4c26add8893e40e6e809b8c1ebc81e37762af2b |
|
31-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split RX_DROP
Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless,
others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace
on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP
and changes each instance appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 9ae54c8463691b64ca6e6d8680787a6527810984 |
|
31-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result
The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not
in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two
types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse)
that they cannot be confused.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 238814fd9a9624e3076c47ef0c003101927c7818 |
|
28-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove port control enable switch, clean up sta flags
This patch removes the 802.1X port acess control enable flag
since it is not required. Instead, set the authorized flag for
each station that we normally communicate with (WDS peers, IBSS
peers and APs we're associated to) and require hostapd to set
the authorized flag for all stations when port control is not
enabled.
Also, since I was working in that area, this documents station
flags and removes the unused "permanent" one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8318d78a44d49ac1edf2bdec7299de3617c4232e |
|
24-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion
This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate
registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The
old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k)
are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations
can be done.
Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the
IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be
unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants
to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty
much required for travelling.
Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA
mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added
to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be
empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to
the BSS conf stuff.
I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit
power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 38f3714d66b5679aee2a4fe23b1235c3829fcce4 |
|
29-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: dissolve pre-rx handlers
These handlers do not really return a status and the compiler
can do a much better job when they're simply static functions
that it can inline if appropriate. Also makes the code shorter.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6feeb8aad7925b4c00f785eac3039c772629b42f |
|
29-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make alignment warning optional
Driver authors should be aware of the alignment requirements, but
not everybody cares about the warning. This patch makes it depend
on a new Kconfig symbol MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT which can
be enabled regardless of MAC80211_DEBUG and is recommended for
driver authors (only). This also restricts the warning to data
packets so other packets need not be realigned to not trigger the
warning.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8b6bbe75384417d3f5edafcb45d2f67415e9cc00 |
|
23-Jan-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: fixing null qos data frames check for reordering buffer
This patch fixes a wrong condition for null qos data frames, causing us to
drop data frames needed for reordering as well.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 691ba2346d5b88cec62fe8db0bf336a58a07b926 |
|
11-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix alignment warning
When I introduced the alignment warning I forgot the A-MSDU case which
has a different requirement because each frame contains 14-byte 802.3
headers in front of the IP payload. This patch moves the alignment
warning to a place where we know whether we're dealing with an A-MSDU
frame and adjusts it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 71ebb4aac87e4a1504a155084d658d0a92ac63fb |
|
20-Jan-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix rx flow sparse errors, make functions static
This patch adds static declarations to functions in the Rx flow in order to
eliminate sparse errors
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| f99b751fca5b16bea53c0d6724935e1949350052 |
|
16-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix RCU locking in __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet
Commit c7a51bda ("mac80211: restructure __ieee80211_rx") extracted
__ieee80211_rx_handle_packet out of __ieee80211_rx and hence changed
the locking rules for __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet(), it is now
invoked under RCU lock. There is, however, one instance left where
it contains an rcu_read_unlock() in an error path, which is a bug.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 51fb61e76d952e6bc2fbdd9f0d38425fbab1cf31 |
|
19-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move interface type to vif structure
Drivers that support mixed AP/STA operation may well need to
know the type of a virtual interface when iterating over them.
The easiest way to support that is to move the interface type
variable into the vif structure.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 713647169e3aaca16be4cfba42513bd4558abec0 |
|
25-Dec-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx adding BAR handling capability
This patch adds the ability to handle Block Ack Request
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| b580781e038968fb2529460e8b61e3bf77de112a |
|
25-Dec-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx handling aggregation reordering
This patch handles the reordering of the Rx A-MPDU.
This issue occurs when the sequence of the internal MPDUs is not in the
right order. such a case can be encountered for example when some MPDUs from
previous aggregations were recieved, while others failed, so current A-MPDU
will contain a mix of re-transmited MPDUs and new ones.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 6368e4b18d5c71c73eecd96d568e726b80e5bce1 |
|
24-Dec-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: restructure __ieee80211_rx
This patch makes a separation between Rx frame pre-handling which stays in
__ieee80211_rx and Rx frame handlers, moving to __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet.
Although this separation has no affect in regular mode of operation, this kind
of mechanism will be used in A-MPDU frames reordering as it allows accumulation
of frames during pre-handling, dispatching them to later handling when necessary.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 69f817b654d683265118188bbfb8bc0d8978cce6 |
|
21-Dec-2007 |
Helmut Schaa <hschaa@suse.de> |
mac80211: Restore rx.fc before every invocation of ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers
This patch fixes a problem with rx handling on multiple interfaces. Especially
when using hardware-scanning and a wireless driver (i.e. iwlwifi) which is
able to receive data while scanning.
The rx handlers can modify the skb and the frame control field (see
ieee80211_rx_h_remove_qos_control) but since every interface gets its own
copy of the skb each should get its own copy of rx.fc too.
In my case the wlan0-interface did not remove the qos-control from the frame
because the corresponding flag in rx.fc was already removed while processing
the frame on the master interface. Therefore somehow corrupted frames were
passed to the userspace.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <hschaa@suse.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| ce3edf6d0b979fa4d5da7204fd8c6f77f2b8622a |
|
19-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up eapol frame handling/port control
This cleans up the eapol frame handling and some related code in the
receive and transmit paths. After this patch
* EAPOL frames addressed to us or the EAPOL group address are
always accepted regardless of whether they are encrypted or not
* other frames from a station are dropped if PAE is enabled and
the station is not authorized
* unencrypted frames (except the EAPOL frames above) are dropped if
drop_unencrypted is enabled
* some superfluous code that eth_type_trans handles anyway is gone
* port control is done for transmitted packets
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 98f0b0a3a412eade153c7cf00c6b863600980d89 |
|
18-Dec-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass in PS_POLL frames
This patch fixes should_drop_frame function to pass in ps poll control
frames required for power save functioanlity. Interface types that do not
have interest for PS POLL frames now drop it in handler.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| c49e5ea322c2fb43f430abb3c4a49eae1394287e |
|
11-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: conditionally include timestamp in radiotap information
This makes mac80211 include the low-level MAC timestamp
in the radiotap header if the driver indicated (by a new
RX flag) that the timestamp is valid.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| f831e90971dc942a9f2fcc918a5739eb6d4ef4c5 |
|
11-Dec-2007 |
YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org> |
[MAC80211]: Use htons() where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 64bd4b693f2d0b59673086e9c510068d5ad47cee |
|
29-Nov-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: move A-MSDU identifier to flags
This patch moves u8 amsdu_frame in ieee80211_txrx_data to the flags
section as IEEE80211_TXRXD_RX_AMSDU
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| fd4c7f2fce1737105208c564e1458c885918982d |
|
26-Nov-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: adding 802.11n essential A-MSDU Rx capability
This patch adds the ability to receive and handle A-MSDU frames.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 76ee65bfaa1435320a72989a6413467ce446ae23 |
|
22-Nov-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers
This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously
handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted
into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more
precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent
code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler.
added function:
- ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame
- ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack
eliminated handlers:
- ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted
- ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae
changed handlers:
- ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| ece8edddf067d21c4e5abfe3f1205da1588edbb2 |
|
22-Nov-2007 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
mac80211: hardware scan rework
The scan code in mac80211 makes the software scan assumption in various
places. For example, we stop the Tx queue during a software scan so that
all the Tx packets will be queued by the stack. We also drop frames not
related to scan in the software scan process. But these are not true for
hardware scan.
Some wireless hardwares (for example iwl3945/4965) has the ability to
perform the whole scan process by hardware and/or firmware. The hardware
scan is relative powerful in that it tries to maintain normal network
traffic while doing a scan in the background. Some drivers (i.e iwlwifi)
do provide a way to tune the hardware scan parameters (for example if the
STA is associated, what's the max time could the STA leave from the
associated channel, how long the scans get suspended after returning to
the service channel, etc). But basically this is transparent to the
stack. mac80211 should not stop Tx queues or drop Rx packets during a
hardware scan.
This patch resolves the above problem by spliting the current scan
indicator local->sta_scanning into local->sta_sw_scanning and
local->sta_hw_scanning. It then changes the scan related code to be aware
of hardware scan or software scan in various places. With this patch,
iwlwifi performs much better in the scan-while-associated condition and
disable_hw_scan=1 should never be required.
Cc: Mohamed Abbas <mohamed.abbas@intel.com>
Cc: Ben Cahill <ben.m.cahill@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| d10f2150eab62f633aeae36cf4612d1f648a817e |
|
25-Jan-2008 |
David S. Miller <davem@goma.davemloft.net> |
[MAC80211]: Revert unaligned warning removal.
For release Linux removed this warning, but we want it
back for development.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| dbcc2ec60fe15448e5dfe4153f7347ac82b4da73 |
|
24-Jan-2008 |
Linus Torvalds <torvalds@woody.linux-foundation.org> |
Revert "mac80211: warn when receiving frames with unaligned data"
This reverts commit 81100eb80add328c4d2a377326f15aa0e7236398 for the
release, to avoid the unnecessary warning noise that is only really
relevant to wireless driver developers.
The warning will probably go right back in after I cut the release, but
at least we won't unnecessarily worry users.
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
|
| 81100eb80add328c4d2a377326f15aa0e7236398 |
|
18-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: warn when receiving frames with unaligned data
This patch makes mac80211 warn (once) when the driver passes up a
frame in which the payload data is not aligned on a four-byte
boundary, with a long comment for people who run into the condition
and need to know what to do.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8312512e81ab16d845b49d1ec695fad1c72f19f6 |
|
28-Nov-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: drop unencrypted frames if encryption is expected
This patch fixes a regression I (most likely) introduced, namely that
unencrypted frames are right now accepted even if we have a key for that
specific sender. That has very bad security implications.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 7f3ad8943e2e6336ba229b208be8c7a80730c5d4 |
|
06-Nov-2007 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: make "decrypt failed" messages conditional upon MAC80211_DEBUG
Make "decrypt failed" and "have no key" debugging messages compile
conditionally upon CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG. They have been useful for
finding certain problems in the past, but in many cases they just
clutter a user's logs.
A typical example is an enviornment where multiple SSIDs are using a
single BSSID but with different protection schemes or different keys
for each SSID. In such an environment these messages are just noise.
Let's just leave them for those interested enough to turn-on debugging.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| e2f036da2f8f72894988670953a1141da785e4f5 |
|
07-Oct-2007 |
Mattias Nissler <mattias.nissler@gmx.de> |
[PATCH] mac80211: Defer setting of RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED.
The decryption handlers will skip the frame if the RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED
flag is set, so the early flag setting introduced by Johannes breaks
decryption. To work around this, call the handlers first and then set
the flag.
Signed-off-by: Mattias Nissler <mattias.nissler@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| ddd3d2be85e3207c47f2b3c431723e6c758b4b0d |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: make userspace-mlme a per-interface setting
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 628a140ba033ef201706a8c7e767c8a0c0f8326c |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove ALG_NONE
This "algorithm" is used only internally and is not useful.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Acked-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 640845a5632390eaa9357cd818646c8f0ee3d47e |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: use RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED for sw decrypted as well
This makes mac80211 set the RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED flag for frames
decrypted in software allowing us to handle some things more
uniformly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 1990af8d14e48445a0ddcca7765a177b6661d676 |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: consolidate decryption more
Currently, we have three RX handlers doing the decryption.
This patch changes it to have only one handler doing
everything, thereby getting rid of many duplicate checks.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
--
net/mac80211/rx.c | 46 ++++++++++++----------------------------------
1 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 34 deletions(-)
|
| 70f0876579ceeea9fd7bd4a20fade524a0b3bdda |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: move sta_process rx handler later
This moves the sta_process RX handler to after decryption
so that frames that cannot be decrypted don't influence
statistics, it is likely that they were injected or something
else is totally wrong.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| f9d540ee5f7e480339911df8d7389ef4c435ab54 |
|
28-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove management interface
Removes the management interface since it is only required
for hostapd/userspace MLME, will not be in the final tree
at least in this form and hostapd/userspace MLME currently
do not work against this tree anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| a28975525016ddcbdaab8225666df1cf2dc9cb2d |
|
28-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: add "invalid" interface type
Since I cannot convince the lazy driver authors (hello Michael)
to stop (ab)using the MGMT interface type internally in their
drivers, this patch introduces a new _INVALID type especially
for their use and changes all affected drivers to use it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 53918994b7c8c3bf0af5f641e1f299856799d883 |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: fix iff_promiscs, iff_allmultis race
When we update the counters iff_promiscs and iff_allmultis
in struct ieee80211_local we have no common lock held to
protect them. The problem is that the update to each counter
may not be atomic, so we could end up with iff_promiscs == -1
in unfortunate conditions. To fix it, use atomic_t values.
It doesn't matter whether the two counters are updated
together atomically or not, if there are two invocations
of set_multicast_list we will end up with multiple
configure_filter() invocations of which the latter will always
be correct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| fb1c1cd6c5a8988b14c5c6c0dfe55542df3a34c6 |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: fix vlan bug
VLAN interfaces have yet another bug: they aren't accounted
for properly in the receive path in prepare_for_handlers().
I noticed this by code inspection, but it would be easy for
the compiler to catch such things if we'd just use the proper
enum where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4f0d18e26f8bc4c6507b69aa0080d0fae807c990 |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: consolidate decryption
Currently, we run through all three crypto algorithms for each
received frame even though we have previously determined which
key we have and as such already know which algorithm will be
used. Change it to invoke only the needed function. Also move
the WEP decrypt handler to wep.c so that fewer functions need
to be non-static.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| b2e7771e556917cc301a3308561f49b2b2272c07 |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early
This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early
before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single
copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb
and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a
single copy.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 79010420cc3f78eab911598bfdd29c4b06a83e1f |
|
18-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: fix virtual interface locking
Florian Lohoff noticed a bug in mac80211: when bringing the
master interface down while other virtual interfaces are up
we call dev_close() under a spinlock which is not allowed.
This patch removes the sub_if_lock used by mac80211 in favour
of using an RCU list. All list manipulations are already done
under rtnl so are well protected against each other, and the
read-side locks we took in the RX and TX code are already in
RCU read-side critical sections.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Florian Lohoff <flo@rfc822.org>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Michal Piotrowski <michal.k.k.piotrowski@gmail.com>
Cc: Satyam Sharma <satyam@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 4150c57212ad134765dd78c654a4b9906252b66d |
|
17-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: revamp interface and filter configuration
Drivers are currently supposed to keep track of monitor
interfaces if they allow so-called "hard" monitor, and
they are also supposed to keep track of multicast etc.
This patch changes that, replaces the set_multicast_list()
callback with a new configure_filter() callback that takes
filter flags (FIF_*) instead of interface flags (IFF_*).
For a driver, this means it should open the filter as much
as necessary to get all frames requested by the filter flags.
Accordingly, the filter flags are named "positively", e.g.
FIF_ALLMULTI.
Multicast filtering is a bit special in that drivers that
have no multicast address filters need to allow multicast
frames through when either the FIF_ALLMULTI flag is set or
when the mc_count value is positive.
At the same time, drivers are no longer notified about
monitor interfaces at all, this means they now need to
implement the start() and stop() callbacks and the new
change_filter_flags() callback. Also, the start()/stop()
ordering changed, start() is now called *before* any
add_interface() as it really should be, and stop() after
any remove_interface().
The patch also changes the behaviour of setting the bssid
to multicast for scanning when IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING
is set; the IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING flag is removed
and the filter flag FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC introduced.
This is a lot more efficient for hardware like b43 that
supports it and other hardware can still set the BSSID
to all-ones.
Driver modifications by Johannes Berg (b43 & iwlwifi), Michael Wu
(rtl8187, adm8211, and p54), Larry Finger (b43legacy), and
Ivo van Doorn (rt2x00).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| dd1cd4c620c174ebbdf78dc01b924115a06de5d3 |
|
18-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: print out wiphy name instead of master device
This makes mac80211 print out the wiphy name instead of the
master device name where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 011bfcc4f3d3444b140da3880ae30a62cc93529e |
|
17-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove key threshold stuff
This patch removes the key threshold stuff from mac80211.
I have patches for later that add it as a per-key setting
to nl/cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 72abd81b980ef7ffb83ecb4ac4a7627d9d575f50 |
|
17-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: allow drivers to indicate failed FCS/PLCP checksum
This patch allows drivers to indicate bad FCS/PLCP CRC to the stack and
have the stack drop packets like that except for monitor interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 0795af5729b18218767fab27c44b1384f72dc9ad |
|
04-Oct-2007 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
[NET]: Introduce and use print_mac() and DECLARE_MAC_BUF()
This is nicer than the MAC_FMT stuff.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| aa0daf0e020de9c20e653e437deaa1153c4d134e |
|
10-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove/change some comments about Michael MIC hardware offload
There are a few TODO comments in the mac80211 sources regarding
hardware offload for Michael MIC verification. Those items are,
however, better handled in the driver instead of the stack, if
any device requires such hand-holding.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 68aae11674b9d6598b660d1148ffba9eef3f895f |
|
24-Aug-2007 |
Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> |
[MAC80211]: use internal network device stats
Stats are now available for device usage inside network_device
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 7848ba7d7a010ccb265617fc2bc053e2bdf06f48 |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: rework hardware crypto flags
This patch reworks the various hardware crypto related
flags to make them more local, i.e. put them with each
key or each packet instead of into the hw struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| b708e610622cff07f4374a2b4410884f964b8489 |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove turbo modes
This patch removes all mention of the atheros turbo modes that
can't possibly work properly anyway since in some places we don't
check for them when we should.
I have no idea what the iwlwifi drivers were doing with these but
it can't possibly have been correct.
Cc: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| d4e46a3d9869563c6210b01bb651c40cbe65da80 |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: fix race conditions with keys
During receive processing, we select the key long before using it and
because there's no locking it is possible that we kfree() the key
after having selected it but before using it for crypto operations.
Obviously, this is bad.
Secondly, during transmit processing, there are two possible races: We
have a similar race between select_key() and using it for encryption,
but we also have a race here between select_key() and hardware
encryption (both when a key is removed.)
This patch solves these issues by using RCU: when a key is to be freed,
we first remove the pointer from the appropriate places (sdata->keys,
sdata->default_key, sta->key) using rcu_assign_pointer() and then
synchronize_rcu(). Then, we can safely kfree() the key and remove it
from the hardware. There's a window here where the hardware may still
be using it for decryption, but we can't work around that without having
two hardware callbacks, one to disable the key for RX and one to disable
it for TX; but the worst thing that will happen is that we receive a
packet decrypted that we don't find a key for any more and then drop it.
When we add a key, we first need to upload it to the hardware and then,
using rcu_assign_pointer() again, link it into our structures.
In the code using keys (TX/RX paths) we use rcu_dereference() to get the
key and enclose the whole tx/rx section in a rcu_read_lock() ...
rcu_read_unlock() block. Because we've uploaded the key to hardware
before linking it into internal structures, we can guarantee that it is
valid once get to into tx().
One possible race condition remains, however: when we have hardware
acceleration enabled and the driver shuts down the queues, we end up
queueing the frame. If now somebody removes the key, the key will be
removed from hwaccel and then then driver will be asked to encrypt the
frame with a key index that has been removed. Hence, drivers will need
to be aware that the hw_key_index they are passed might not be under
all circumstances. Most drivers will, however, simply ignore that
condition and encrypt the frame with the selected key anyway, this
only results in a frame being encrypted with a wrong key or dropped
(rightfully) because the key was not valid. There isn't much we can
do about it unless we want to walk the pending frame queue every time
a key is removed and remove all frames that used it.
This race condition, however, will most likely be solved once we add
multiqueue support to mac80211 because then frames will be queued
further up the stack instead of after being processed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| c9ee23dfac61a713de48b20999dcacb7ef3c5ed0 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: make assoc_ap a flag
The sta_info.assoc_ap value is used as a flag, move it
into flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 8dc06a1c6112fef7616d26e0b001455b5d8c3c5e |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: improve key selection comment
When I changed the code there I forgot to mention what happens
with multicast frames in a regular BSS and keep wondering myself
if the code is correct. Add appropriate comments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| b331615722779b078822988843ddffd4eaec9f83 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
[MAC80211]: filter locally-originated multicast frames
In STA mode, the AP will echo our traffic. This includes multicast
traffic.
Receiving these frames confuses some protocols and applications,
notably IPv6 Duplicate Address Detection.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 6c55aa97359af4b503a8baf914de48f2406a895f |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> |
[MAC80211]: Remove overly sticky averaging filters for rssi, signal, noise
The current version of wireless statistics contains a bug in the averaging
that makes the numbers be too sticky and not react to small changes. This
patch removes all averaging.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 11a843b7e16062389c53ba393c7913956e034eb2 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: rework key handling
This moves all the key handling code out from ieee80211_ioctl.c
into key.c and also does the following changes including documentation
updates in mac80211.h:
1) Turn off hardware acceleration for keys when the interface
is down. This is necessary because otherwise monitor
interfaces could be decrypting frames for other interfaces
that are down at the moment. Also, it should go some way
towards better suspend/resume support, in any case the
routines used here could be used for that as well.
Additionally, this makes the driver interface nicer, keys
for a specific local MAC address are only ever present
while an interface with that MAC address is enabled.
2) Change driver set_key() callback interface to allow only
return values of -ENOSPC, -EOPNOTSUPP and 0, warn on all
other return values. This allows debugging the stack when
a driver notices it's handed a key while it is down.
3) Invert the flag meaning to KEY_FLAG_UPLOADED_TO_HARDWARE.
4) Remove REMOVE_ALL_KEYS command as it isn't used nor do we
want to use it, we'll use DISABLE_KEY for each key. It is
hard to use REMOVE_ALL_KEYS because we can handle multiple
virtual interfaces with different key configuration, so we'd
have to keep track of a lot of state for this and that isn't
worth it.
5) Warn when disabling a key fails, it musn't.
6) Remove IEEE80211_HW_NO_TKIP_WMM_HWACCEL in favour of per-key
IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_WMM_STA to let driver sort it out itself.
7) Tell driver that a (non-WEP) key is used only for transmission
by using an all-zeroes station MAC address when configuring.
8) Change the set_key() callback to have access to the local MAC
address the key is being added for.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 8f20fc24986a083228823d9b68adca20714b254e |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: embed key conf in key, fix driver interface
This patch embeds the struct ieee80211_key_conf into struct ieee80211_key
and thus avoids allocations and having data present twice.
This required some more changes:
1) The removal of the IEEE80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TX_KEY key flag.
This flag isn't used by drivers nor should it be since
we have a set_key_idx() callback. Maybe that callback needs
to be extended to include the key conf, but only a driver that
requires it will tell.
2) The removal of the IEEE80211_KEY_DEFAULT_WEP_ONLY key flag.
This flag is global, so it shouldn't be passed in the key
conf structure. Pass it to the function instead.
Also, this patch removes the AID parameter to the set_key() callback
because it is currently unused and the hardware currently cannot know
about the AID anyway. I suspect this was used with some hardware that
actually selected the AID itself, but that functionality was removed.
Additionally, I've removed the ALG_NULL key algorithm since we have
ALG_NONE.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 13262ffd4902805acad2618c12b41fcaa6c50791 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com> |
[MAC80211]: Remove bitfields from struct ieee80211_sub_if_data
mac80211, remove bitfields from struct ieee80211_sub_if_data
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| badffb725c86cc2d46f7cb3f520f58f1c863b56c |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com> |
[MAC80211]: Remove bitfields from struct ieee80211_txrx_data
mac80211, remove bitfields from struct ieee80211_txrx_data
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| e8bf96495cd67090b4900ddaf8e8672a17ec39fa |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com> |
[MAC80211]: Remove bitfields from struct ieee80211_tx_packet_data
remove bitfields from struct ieee80211_tx_packet_data
[Johannes: completely clear flags in ieee80211_remove_tx_extra]
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| eb063c1702a84d58eb4c05a032bbff6f1c29049d |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: refactor event sending
Create a new file event.c that will contain code to send mac/mlme
events to userspace. For now put the Michael MIC failure condition
into it and remove sending of that condition via the management
interface, hostapd interestingly doesn't do anything when it gets
such a packet besides printing a message, it reacts only on the
private iwevent.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 3017b80bf0c4d6a44ccf0d35db9dadf01092b54e |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption
When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets
a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured,
even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it
doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has
also been found.
This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line
with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this,
multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with
WEP as well.
While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags
IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP
and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now
allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if
it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw,
unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that
the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 643856729e2fde781f63eb84ecb43bbad35bf1ae |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove ieee80211_msg_wep_frame_unknown_key
Neither hostapd nor wpa_supplicant really use it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 1a84f3fd141d2105d80290316bfa772ba34e9c64 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: ratelimit some RX messages
Many if not all of these messages can be triggered by sending
a few rogue frames which is trivially done and then we overflow
our logs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 2a8a9a88fc1b18f5c45244d0ef8a5352f6cf761f |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: avoid copying packets to interfaces that are down
David Woodhouse noticed that under some circumstances the number of slab
allocations kept growing. After looking a bit, this seemed to happen
when you had a management mode interface that was *down*.
The reason for this is that when the device is down, all management
frames get queued to the in-kernel MLME (via ieee80211_sta_rx_mgmt) but
then the sta work is invoked but doesn't run when the netif is down.
When you then bring the interface up, all such frames are freed, but if
you change the mode all of them are lost because the skb queue is
reinitialised as soon as you go back to managed mode. The skb queue is
correctly cleared when the interface is brought down, but the code
doesn't account for the fact that it may be filled while it is not up.
This patch should fix the issue by simply ignoring all interfaces that
are down when going through the RX handlers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
| 340e11f332c695c43f506e82b1d39d00716c5005 |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: rx cleanups (2)
Some more outdenting to make the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 52865dfd520ddd3d1176947106759ff944f0f8af |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: fix bug for per-sta stats
pre_rx handlers can't really touch sta since for IBSS it might not be
assigned yet, it can create sta info structs on-the-fly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 23a24defa0da567eac615828563935c195fb48dc |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx
The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface
type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 570bd537a9a1520ddebfed772bcf6eaf7510bec4 |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: split ieee80211_rx_h_check handler
The ieee80211_rx_h_check handler really does two things, it's
a lot easier to understand if it's split into ieee80211_rx_h_check
and ieee80211_rx_h_load_key, and it may be possible in the future
to optimise the key loading to not do it for each interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 8e6f003274147359ea612663048298823bed131f |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: rx cleanups (1)
Make some really indented code more readable by outdenting.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 6e0d114d52833449a4e40f6dc8582e88d0742be4 |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: move QoS rx handlers into rx.c
This patch moves the QoS handlers into rx.c making it possible
to compile wme.c only when NET_SCHED is defined.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
| 571ecf676d66735f59be6b950360e4074f02f47d |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|